May 11, 2024  
2019 - 2020 Catalog 
    
2019 - 2020 Catalog [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions


 

Computer Science & Information Technology

  
  • CST 163 - Introduction to Windows Network Administration

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces Microsoft Windows Networking.  Covers installing and configuring Microsoft Windows Server, printing, managing Active Directory, managing storage and files, configuring DHCP and DNS, and implementing security.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 160  or CST 161  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of Active Directory.
      1. Explain the contents of Active Directory.
      2. Plan Active Directory elements.
    2. Demonstrate ability to successfully install Windows Server.
      1. Explain the steps to install NetWare on the server.
      2. Explain the steps to install a service pack.
    3. Demonstrate ability to successfully configure Windows Server.
      1. Explain how to use the Control Panel.
      2. Install and configure hardware, protocols, and additional Windows Server components.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of groups, folders, files and object security.
      1. Set up local, global and universal groups.
      2. Manage objects through user rights and permissions.
      3. Determine how creating, moving and copying files and folders affect security.
    5. Demonstrate understanding of network printing.
      1. Explain and apply the fundamentals of Windows Server printing.
      2. Install local, network and Internet printing services.
      3. Manage printers and print services.
  
  • CST 164 - CISCO - Routing and Switching Essentials

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Configures a router and a switch for basic functionality. Configures and troubleshoots routers and switches and resolves common issues with RIPv1, RIPv2, single-area and multi-area OSPF, virtual LANs, and inter-VLAN routing in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 161  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate nderstanding of LAN switching technologies.
      1. Configure and verify initial switch settings including remote access management.
      2. Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities.
      3. Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between them.
      4. Configure and verify VLANs.
      5. Configure and verify trunking on switches.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of IP routing technologies.
      1. Configure and verify routing settings for a static or default route.
      2. Differentiate methods of routing and routing protocols.
      3. Configure and verify OSPF (single area).
      4. Configure and verify inter-VLAN routing (router on a stick).
      5. Configure SVI.
    3. Configure IP services.
      1. Configure and verify DHCP.
      2. Describe the types, features, and applications of ACL.
      3. Configure and verify ACLs in a network environment.
      4. Identify the basic operation of NAT.
      5. Configure and verify NAT for given network requirements.
      6. Configure and verify NTP as a client.
    4. Configure network device security.
      1. Configure and verify network device security features.
      2. Configure and verify Switch Port security features.
      3. Configure and verify ACLs to filter network traffic.
      4. Configure and verify ACLs to limit access to the router.
    5. Troubleshoot network problems.
      1. Troubleshoot and resolve common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations.
      2. Troubleshoot and resolve VLAN problems.
      3. Troubleshoot and resolve trunking problems on switches.
      4. Troubleshoot and resolve ACL issues.
      5. Troubleshoot and resolve Layer 1 problems.
  
  • CST 165 - Linux Networking I

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces Linux as a network operating system. Covers installing Linux, configuring a simple file server, and administering basic network administration tasks with command-line and graphical user interface tools.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 126  and CST 160  (or CST 161 ); or instructor permission.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Discuss Linux as a network operating system.
      1. Describe the concept of open source software.
      2. Describe how Linux was created.
      3. Describe how Linux is now developed and has evolved.
      4. Explain the strengths and weaknesses of Linux.
      5. Describe the system requirements of Linux.
    2. Describe how to successfully install Linux.
      1. Explain the steps to install Linux.
      2. Explain a Linux disk partition.
      3. Identify which Linux components to install.
      4. Discuss installing different Linux distributions.
    3. Explain the Linux file system.
      1. Explain how to manage files with the comand-line user interface.
      2. Explain how to manage files with a graphical user interface.
      3. Discuss file properties.
      4. Discuss file permissions.
      5. Explain tar archive files.
    4. Identify Linux graphical user interfaces.
      1. Explain the X Window system.
      2. Identify the X Window interface.
      3. Identify the KDE interface.
      4. Identify the Gnome Desktop interface.
    5. Describe Linux system administration.
      1. Describe the duties of a Linux system administrator.
      2. Explain Linux configuration files.
      3. Discuss how Linux handles multiple users and multiple processes.
      4. Identify Linux administration commands.
    6. Explain basic Linux administration tasks.
      1. Explain different types of user accounts.
      2. Explain the concept of group accounts.
      3. Explain where user and group account files are stored.
      4. Identify how to create, format, and mount/unmount new file systems.
      5. Discuss swap space management.
      6. Explain disk quotas.
  
  • CST 171 - Event-Driven Programming

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces concepts for event-driven and object-oriented programming.  Cultivates best practices for programming. Develops applications for use in a graphical user interface environment.  Emphasizes implementation of objects and event driven code.  Presents screen design and controls to create user interfaces with menus and dialog boxes. Creates projects that include multiple forms, functions and classes, arrays, and error trapping.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 173   with a grade of "C" or better
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Design the logic of an application.
      1. Understand data types and their proper use.
      2. Follow standard conventions for naming variables and constants.
      3. Create functions and sub procedures.
      4. Use proper modular programming in a structured environment.
      5. Develop external documentation.
    2. Create a user interface.
      1. Design a professional-looking interface.
      2. Use appropriate controls.
      3. Provide user friendly features.
      4. Implement screen display using labels and message boxes.
      5. Use common dialog boxes in a program.
    3. Code control structures.
      1. Use if statements.
      2. Use while, do-while, and for statements.
      3. Use a control array.
      4. Include internal documentation.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of objects and event-drive code.
      1. Use proper scope for declaring variables.
      2. Design screens for interactive programs.
      3. Create logical decision statements.
      4. Create logical loops.
    5. Debug programs.
      1. Use debug tools to ensure accurate output.
      2. Implement input data verification.
      3. Prove the accuracy of the output.
    6. Create applications with multiple interfaces.
      1. Design and create a project with multiple forms.
      2. Create procedures that are accessible from multiple form modules.
      3. Add a splash screen to a project.
      4. Set the startup form to start project execution.
    7. Design object-oriented programs (OOP).
      1. Create a class that has properties and methods.
      2. Use class methods to set private properties of a class.
      3. Use class methods to retrieve private properties of a class.
  
  • CST 173 - Introduction to Programming

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces fundamental concepts and techniques used to design computer programs. Explores problem definition, algorithm development, and program documentation. Examines best practices, structured code, and object-oriented design. Implements design concepts in a programming language. Develops skills in basic operations on data, control structures, modules, arrays, classes, inheritance, polymorphism and error handling.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of the Program Development Cycle.
      1. Demonstrate understanding of a problem with the goal of satisfying the needs of end users.
      2. Develop algorithms to solve a problem.
      3. Understand the difference between logic errors and syntax errors.
      4. Differentiate between high-level programming language and low-level machine language.
      5. Demonstrate the ability to debug program errors.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of variables and data types.
      1. Distinguish between variable and constant data.
      2. Utilize basic data types in a program.
      3. Define issues related to mixing data types.
      4. Declare variables appropriately required for a given computing solution.
      5. Demonstrate assignment of data to variables.
      6. Assign, store, and retrieve string data.
      7. Manipulate string data using various operations.
      8. Develop solutions that include a mixture of string and numerical data.
    3. Implement basic operations on data.
      1. Identify arithmetic and relational operators.
      2. Describe the order of arithmetic operations.
      3. Use arithmetic operators in simple expressions to perform calculations.
      4. Develop solutions that require user input.
      5. Develop solutions that incorporate appropriate program output.
    4. Create simple algorithms.
      1. Decompose a software problem statement into main tasks and subtasks using top-down design and step-wise refinement.
      2. Document algorithms using flowcharts or pseudocode.
      3. Apply appropriate design tools to depict a top-down software solution.
      4. Apply subprogram constructs to implement a software solution with multiple modules.
    5. Apply basic structuring concepts to build working programs.
      1. Utilize the basic computing model of input-process-output.
      2. Perform basic arithmetic operations on data including counting and accumulation.
      3. Use relational operators to control program flow using selection and iteration structures.
      4. Build selection and iteration structures.
      5. Demonstrate appropriate use of selection structures.
      6. Demonstrate appropriate use of iteration structures.
      7. Apply a random number generator as part of an algorithm.
      8. Read and process data from an external file.
    6. Produce solutions to computing problems using programming tools.
      1. Build and debug a variety of programming solutions employing fundamental concepts, including user input and selection and repetition structures.
      2. Demonstrate understanding of developing modular programs.
      3. Define types of modules or functions.
      4. Demonstrate understanding of appropriate methods for communication between modules or functions.
      5. Demonstrate understanding of arrays.
      6. Develop solutions using arrays.
      7. Demonstrate understanding of data structures and lists.
      8. Develop solutions that traverse arrays or list data.
      9. Perform searching algorithms on arrays or list data.
      10. Demonstrate documentation of programming solutions.
      11. Test solutions for compliance to program specifications and requirements.
      12. Build programs with loop structures utilizing a loop control variable.
      13. Create nested selection structures and nested loop structures.
      14. Apply mainline flow logic and modularization techniques.
    7. Demonstrate understanding of abstract data types associated with object-oriented programming.
      1. Understand abstract data types, class definition and implementation, including access modifiers and best practices.
      2. Develop solutions using abstract data types.
      3. Demonstrate the use of class constructors.
      4. Demonstrate the use of polymorphism in a solution.
      5. Demonstrate the implementation of a class definition.
      6. Create accessor, mutator, and work methods within a class definition.
      7. Modify working examples of classes and their implementations.
      8. Create a UML diagram for a class.
  
  • CST 180 - C++ Programming

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Uses the C++ language to solve software problems. Develops solutions to computing problems through algorithm design, development, implementation, and testing. Includes control structures, arrays, files, strings, pointers, and fundamental object-oriented programming.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Design software solutions for a variety of problems.
      1. Create a logic plan to map design of a software solution.
      2. Read and interpret algorithms represented in pseudocode or flowchart form.
      3. Interpret requirements and specifications for a software problem to initiate accurate design of a computer program.
      4. Construct program code to implement program design specifications.
    2. Demonstrate computer literacy skills to successfully use software development environments.
      1. Utilize an integrated development environment to create a project workspace.
      2. Enter and edit C++ source code using a text editor.
      3. Manage multiple project, data, and source code files.
      4. Use a compiler to check program diagnostics and correct syntax errors.
      5. Implement a software application on more than one operating system.
    3. Apply basic structuring concepts of C++ to build working programs.
      1. Describe the basic program format and structure of a C++ program.
      2. Describe and accurately apply rules for variable and identifier naming in C++.
      3. Define and apply C++ primitive data types including the integer and floating point data type families.
      4. Describe results and potential side effects for using mixed data type operations.
      5. Effectively use and distinguish between variables and constants.
      6. Define the uses and value of global constants.
      7. Recognize usage of preprocessor directives and header files for required functionality.
      8. Implement user-friendly console input and output with C++ programs.
      9. Format program output using appropriate console formatting manipulators.
      10. Describe C++ arithmetic operators including operator precedence and associativity.
      11. Distinguish between operands and unary, binary, and tertiary operators.
      12. Apply C++ arithmetic operators to build and evaluate arithmetic expressions.
      13. Define issues with integer and floating-point division.
      14. Convert basic mathematical formulas to C++ arithmetic expressions.
      15. Utilize standard C++ function library including math and string functions.
      16. Define and utilize the C++ Boolean data type for logical operations.
      17. Describe C++ relational operators and use them to construct relational expressions.
      18. Describe C++ logical operators (AND, OR, NOT) including their truth tables.
      19. Apply C++ logical operators to construct compound logical expressions.
      20. Build selection statements with appropriate C++ if/else/switch constructs.
      21. Define the most appropriate use of while, do/while, and for loops.
      22. Build repetition statements with C++ to construct iterative algorithms.
      23. Define and apply the basic random number generation feature available in C++.
    4. Design modular programming solutions.
      1. Implement programming problem sub-tasks into user-defined functions.
      2. Describe rules for C++ function implementation including the use of prototypes.
      3. Distinguish between void and value-return functions and correctly design functions using both.
      4. Distinguish between value and reference parameters and define the uses and restrictions of using both.
      5. Effectively pass value and reference parameters to and from functions.
      6. Distinguish between global and local variables and define variable scope.
      7. Define the value and purpose of separation of user-defined function specifications and implementations into multi-file projects.
      8. Implement functions using separate specification (.h) and implementation (.cpp) files.
    5. Use data organization techniques.
      1. Allocate arrays and properly define index ranges for array processing.
      2. Describe the risks and precautions necessary for safe array processing.
      3. Process data elements of an array using looping algorithms.
      4. Describe use of arrays for basic list processing algorithms.
      5. Describe fundamental searching algorithms including the linear search and binary search.
      6. Describe and apply fundamental sorting algorithms.
      7. Design and implement algorithms to process two-dimensional arrays using nested for-loops.
    6. Build software solutions that apply input/output features.
      1. Open, read, process, and close a sequential text input file stream.
      2. Utilize loops to read and process the contents of a text file.
      3. Write program output to a text output file.
      4. Compare and contrast text files with binary files.
      5. Compare and contrast sequential access files with direct access files.
      6. Allocate pointer variables and access data using indirection.
      7. Perform basic pointer operations including assignment, address-of, and dereferencing.
      8. Pass pointers to and from functions.
      9. Apply C++ pointers for dynamic data allocation with appropriate use of keywords "new" and "delete."
      10. Design and implement solutions using record structures.
      11. Correctly utilize a record structure including use of member selections of record fields.
      12. Pass record structures to and from functions.
      13. Allocate C++ character strings and manipulate strings using string character array processing.
      14. Utilize standard C++ string functions to assign, compare, and concatenate strings.
      15. Apply string functions and methods to solve character string manipulation problems.
    7. Build software solutions that apply fundamental object-oriented programming concepts.
      1. Define and discuss the object-oriented approach to programming.
      2. Recognize specific terminology related to object-oriented programming.
      3. Compare and contrast between procedural and object-oriented programming paradigms.
      4. Define modularity and procedural abstraction.
      5. Describe the purpose of information hiding.
      6. Identify limitations of global variables.
      7. List advantages of encapsulation as related to object oriented programming.
      8. Discuss relationship of objects and classes.
      9. Design an abstract data type from specifications.
      10. Build a C++ class as an implementation of an abstract data type.
      11. Implement a C++ class including both specification and implementation files.
      12. Effectively apply a C++ class as data object for a specific problem.
    8. Perform critical analysis to create C++ software solutions.
      1. Analyze alternative solutions to a given programming problem and select the best approach.
      2. Develop and implement a variety of testing strategies to verify correctness of C++ programs.
      3. Diagnose and debug syntax, run-time, linker, and logic errors to create a working and correct software solution.
      4. Document program source code for clarity and readability using accepted documentation standards including comments, indentation, and other techniques.
      5. Integrate and re-use previously working program code into new software development.
      6. Develop systematic test plans, create test cases and test data to verify program correctness.
      7. Execute tests and correct logic errors based on test results.
      8. Build user-friendly computer programs for a variety of real-world problems.
  
  • CST 183 - Principles of Computer Programming I

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Introduces programming abilities necessary for computer science. Includes control structures, subprograms, string handling, arrays, files, and use of graphical user interface components. Emphasizes object-oriented programming concepts. And use of classes. Introduces exception handling, drawing, and multithreading.

    Prerequisite(s): MATH LEVEL 5
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 60 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Apply basic computer programming and software engineering concepts.
      1. Define the history and attributes of chosen programming language and its relationship to other programming languages.
      2. Define the value and significance of high-level programming languages compared to past software development tools.
      3. Describe issues and challenges of building quality software.
      4. Define and apply the general software engineering life cycle including problem definition, design, constructing source code, compiling it, and executing object code.
    2. Demonstrate computer literacy skills to successfully use software development environments.
      1. Utilize an integrated development environment to create a project workspace.
      2. Enter and edit source code using a text editor.
      3. Manage multiple project, data, and source code files.
      4. Use a compiler to check program diagnostics and correct syntax errors.
      5. Deliver electronic files using online or magnetic disk storage.
      6. Create document files or screen captures to demonstrate program code or output.
    3. Design software solutions for a variety of problems.
      1. Create a logic plan to map design of a software solution.
      2. Recognize basic flowcharting symbols.
      3. Graphically depict logic using flowcharting techniques.
      4. Read and interpret algorithms represented in pseudocode.
      5. Interpret requirements and specifications for a software problem to initiate accurate design of a computer program.
      6. Decompose a software problem statement into main tasks and subtasks using top-down design and step-wise refinement.
      7. Construct program code to implement program design specifications.
    4. Produce working programs.   
      1. Define the history and attributes of the chosen programming language and its relationship to other programming languages.
      2. Contrast compiled versus interpreted code and define the behavior and value of a "virtual machine."
      3. Describe the basic program format and structure of a program.
      4. Perform basic user input/output using simple dialog boxes.
      5. Define basic data types and variations in each data type family.
      6. Define issues with numerical data type conversions.
      7. Describe arithmetic operator precedence.
      8. Build and evaluate arithmetic expressions using a programming language.
      9. Define and utilize the Boolean data type for logical operations.
      10. Describe relational operators and use them to construct logical expressions.
      11. Describe logical operators (AND, OR, NOT) including their truth tables.
      12. Apply logical operators to construct compound logical expressions.
      13. Build selection statements with appropriate if/else/switch programming constructs.
      14. Define the most appropriate use of while, do/while, and for loops.
      15. Build repetition statements with looping constructs.
      16. Apply arrays for storing a variety of data and objects.
      17. Solve basic problems using two-dimensional arrays.
      18. Effectively construct loops for array processing.
      19. Apply string classes to perform a wide a variety of basic and advanced string manipulation.
    5. Design modular programming solutions.
      1. Implement programming problem sub-tasks into user-defined functions.
      2. Effectively design and implement subprogram parameter input.
      3. Distinguish between subprogram return type options and build subprogram solutions to match requirements.
      4. Distinguish between global and local variables and define variable scope.
    6. Implement programming applications that include graphical user interfaces.
      1. Desing and implement programming solutions involving graphical user interface classes with labels, sliders, text boxes, text areas, and buttons.
      2. Design and implement programming solutions involving selection graphical user interface classes including drop-down lists, check boxes and radio buttons.
      3. Describe and compare various "listener" classes and methods for implementing event listeners.
      4. Construct correct event-handling methods for various user input requirements.
      5. Design graphical user interface layouts using basic layout managers.
      6. Design graphical user interface layouts using interface containers.
    7. Implement programming applications that include specialized concepts in introductory computer science.
      1. Apply basic sorting algorithms and describe basic strategies utilized.
      2. Apply searching algorithms and compare and contrast their relative efficiencies.
      3. Practice various list processing algorithms for unordered and ordered lists.
    8. Apply specialized programming features.
      1. Integrate exception-handling routines for various likely programming exceptions including number conversion, array processing, and file                 input/output.
      2. Apply basic dynamic memory allocation of objects and arrays.
      3. Describe general strategies for memory management and practice these to avoid memory leaks.
      4. Implement random number processing for simple games and simulations.
      5. Define simple concurrent programming concepts and apply basic features of multithreading in a programming solution.
      6. Display a graphic image within a user interface.
      7. Utilize basic file processing to input or output external data.
      8. Access text information from a web site URL.
      9. Build graphics including lines, shapes, color, and font management.
    9. Apply object oriented programming concepts.
      1. Interpret specifications for classes that are part of the programming language.
      2. Utilize standard programming language classes and methods in working applications.
      3. Decompose problems into the interaction of a collection of objects.
      4. Recognize specific terminology related to object-oriented programming.
      5. Design an abstract data type from specifications.
      6. Build classes for objects including the correct variables and methods.
      7. Define "set" and "get" methods necessary for a class to protect private data members.
      8. Define and implement class constructors for user-defined classes.
      9. Implement user-defined methods with appropriate parameter passing.
      10. Define class inheritance and the behavior of the sub-class and super-class defined using inheritance.
      11. Define basic class inheritance as it relates to utilizing a programming language.
      12. Define class variables and distinguish between public, protected, and private member designation.
      13. Distinguish and apply method overriding and method overloading.
      14. Utilize class composition to integrate multiple classes into a software solution.
    10. Perform critical analysis to create working software solutions.
      1. Analyze alternative solutions to a given programming problem and select the best approach.
      2. Develop and implement a variety of testing strategies to verify correctness of working programs.
      3. Diagnose and debug syntax, run-time, linker, and logic errors to create a working and correct software solution.
      4. Document program source code for clarity and readability using accepted documentation standards including comments, indetation, and                   other techniques.
      5. Integrate and re-use previously working program code into new software development.
      6. Effectively create and import external code "packages" for storing and reusing classes.
      7. Develop systematic test plans, create test cases, and test data to verify program correctness.
      8. Execute tests and correct logic errors based on test results.
      9. Locate on-line resources for the chosen programming language.
      10. Build user-friendly computer programs for a variety of real-world problems.
      11. Design and build event-driven programming solutions.
      12. Deliver software solutions within given deadline requirements.
  
  • CST 185 - Mobile App Development

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces software development of mobile apps for smart devices. Utilizes one or more platforms currently on the software market.  Includes programming views, view navigation, user interfaces, and the integration of graphics, mapping and location.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 183  with a minimum grade of "C"
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of the platform and operating system.
      1. Demonstrate understanding of the current market for mobile apps.
      2. Describe and compare different mobile application models, architectures, and patterns.
      3. Create an app development project utilizing development tools.
      4. Navigate and utilize a relevant integrated development environment for app creation.
      5. Utilize various project templates, frameworks, or patterns for creation of specific types of mobile apps.
    2. Develop program code using the underlying programming language(s) for the mobile platform.
      1. Define key data types and classes necessary for app development.
      2. Construct code that requires control structures.
      3. Break program into subprograms using methods.
      4. Utilize object- oriented programming to define classes appropriate to their purpose.
      5. Utilize string data for various programming solutions.
      6. Work with arrays, maps, dictionaries, and other built-in data structures.
      7. Integrate XML and other external data storage sources into program development.
      8. Build app components using visual development features as well as programmatically.
    3. Construct apps designed for their intended purpose.
      1. Demonstrate familiarity with current app design patterns, rules, limitation, and traditions for selected platform.
      2. Create basic paper designed or storyboards for intended app navigation and behavior.
      3. Implement view and contained user interface components.
      4. Construct navigation between views.
      5. Implement specialized app execution behaviors including launch screens.
      6. Utilize an appropriate navigation control model for intended purpose of app.
      7. Interface with data sources stored on local device as well as eternally via the network.
    4. Integrate user interface components into app views.
      1. Insert labels, text views, and buttons into app views.
      2. Handle user events such as touches, swipes, and pinches.
      3. Integrate a variety of images and manage related controls.
      4. Manage keyboard data entry.
      5. Pass data between views.
    5. Integrate special features and services customary with mobile apps.
      1. Integrate map interface into an app view.
      2. Utilize GPS location services with an app.
      3. Interface with external data via network connectivity.
      4. Embed web browser views into an app view.
      5. Integrate audio, imagery, and video into the app.
    6. Deploy apps to the user community.
      1. Debug errors in app development code.
      2. Compile code into working mobile applications.
      3. Test apps to validate that they are bug-free and meet requirements.
      4. Execute apps on relevant simulator or emulator.
      5. Describe the procedure for deploying apps for sale and distribution. 
  
  • CST 186 - Introduction to Game Programming

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Introduces principles of game and simulation programming through hands-on creation of simple games. Explores text-based and graphics-based game development through algorithm design, development, implementation, testing, and documentation. Incorporates text, graphics, sound, and animations in game design. Includes Top-Down Design, Object Oriented Programming, simple physics, basic Artificial Intelligence, and game engines.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 173  (or CST 170) with "C" or better
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Define the specifications for a variety of games.
      1. Access and analyze specifications and information to plan and design games.
      2. Choose a text-based or Graphical User Interface environment for a game.
      3. Select objects to use in a game; e.g., text, graphics, sounds, and animations.
    2. Develop logic for text-based and simple Graphical User Interface game programs using critical thinking.
      1. Apply the sequence, selection, and iteration program constructs to game development.
      2. Compare and contrast the use of variables, strings, tuples, links, and dictionaries in the construction of a game.
      3. Use Top-Down Design to break the logic of a game into components.
      4. Apply Object Oriented Programming concepts to game program logic.
      5. Describe Artificial Intelligence and game engines.
    3. Translate the logic of a game or simulation algorithm into a programming language.
      1. Code game programs in a programming language.
      2. Compile and correct syntax errors.
      3. Test, debug, and correct logic errors.
    4. Use a variety of input/output media in game programming.
      1. Incorporate text and graphics in a game program.
      2. Enhance a game with music, sound effects, and animations.
      3. Store and display scores and game statistics.
    5. Produce documentation for games.
      1. Document game program code.
      2. Create internal help documentation and make it available to users executing a game.
      3. Create external documentation for a game.
  
  • CST 204 - Microsoft Word: Intermediate

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Develops further the practical working knowledge of Microsoft Word software. Refines formatting and focuses on page layout and design.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 104  with a "C" grade or higher
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate the ability to manage documents efficiently.
      1. Select documents at a file list box.
      2. Rename, delete, copy, and print documents.
      3. Create, delete, and rename folders.
      4. Copy and move documents.
      5. Insert a file into a file.
      6. Use print preview and its tools.
      7. Use and modify the print dialog box settings.
      8. Arrange documents in multiple windows.
      9. Maximize, restore, and minimize documents.
      10. View documents side by side.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of customizing Word proofing options.
      1. Adjust AutoCorrect options.
      2. Use the AutoCorrect options button.
      3. Adjust AutoFormat options.
      4. Adjust Speller and Grammar check options.
    3. Enhance documents with special features.
      1. Insert symbols and special characters.
      2. Insert date and time.
      3. Insert and format images.
      4. Use SmartArt to create diagrams and charts.
      5. Insert and format text boxes.
      6. Create and modify WordArt.
      7. Apply styles and themes.
      8. Use contextual tabs.
    4. Customize documents with advanced document formatting features.
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of using page breaks, section breaks, and column breaks in a document.
      2. Create, format, and edit newspaper columns.
      3. Create, format, and edit headers and footers.
      4. Create and print envelopes and labels.
      5. Insert, delete, and modify page numbering.
      6. Use vertical centering.
      7. Create a document with a Word template.
      8. Use mail merge to create customized letters, envelopes, and labels.
    5. Create and format tables.
      1. Insert a table into a document.
      2. Enter text in cells and move the insertion point within the table.
      3. Select cells, rows, and columns.
      4. Customize cell size direction.
      5. Change cell alignment.
      6. Change column width.
      7. Change table size and alignment.
      8. Move the table.
      9. Insert rows and columns.
      10. Delete cells, rows, and columns.
      11. Merge and split cells.
      12. Convert a table to text and text to a table.
      13. Sort text in a table.
      14. Perform calculations in a table.
      15. Apply a style to a table.
  
  • CST 210 - Website Development

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Focuses on building websites in compliance with current standards and best practices. Develops skills in formatting and page layout using HTML and CSS. Emphasizes development for target audiences, extending web presence, and managing differences in web browsers and devices. Introduces incorporation of interactive elements using scripts, embedded media, and mash-ups. Examines Internet issues including ethics, accessibility, copyright, and security.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Develop websites using HTML and CSS.
      1. Create and modify HTML and CSS documents.
      2. Apply best practices for text and graphic content for web and mobile display.
      3. Format web page text and colors using CSS rules.
      4. Optimize graphics for web and mobile display.
      5. Link internal and external web pages.
      6. Utilize HTML container elements within web pages.
      7. Employ current W3C standards for HTML and CSS.
      8. Optimize web pages for search engines.
    2. Demonstrate advanced HTML/CSS techniques to create websites.
      1. Create page layouts according to current W3C standards using HTML and CSS.
      2. Create context appropriate content and menus using HTML and CSS.
      3. Incorporate embedded video and interactive components.
      4. Incorporate web page scripting to incorporate interactive features and enhance design.
    3. Implement extended web presence using social media and social networks.
      1. Develop social networking and/or social media accounts in accordance with website content and purpose.
      2. Communicate website branding visually within extended social networking and social media sites.
      3. Utilize social media and mash-ups to extend influence/web presence.
      4. Introduce application programming interfaces as a method to enhance interactive features and integrate social media.
    4. Apply current standards.
      1. Develop sites supported in contexts that fit the target audience.
      2. Develop context appropriate layouts, menus, and site features.
      3. Implement code which renders properly across common browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
      4. Implement code which complies with current accessibility standards.
      5. Demonstrate the ability to test websites for proper functionality and usability in multiple browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
    5. Employ proper site management techniques within client/server environments.
      1. Demonstrate understanding of proper site organization on client and server.
      2. Utilize proper naming conventions for files.
      3. Organize files and folders according to best practices.
      4. Demonstrate ability to upload and update website files.
      5. Understand fundamental Internet and website set-up concepts, including file transfer protocol, TCP/IP, uniform resource locators, domain name registration, hosting, and hosting applications.
  
  • CST 214 - Responsive Design

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Focuses on developing for the web with an emphasis on optimal viewing experience and interaction across a wide range of devices. Develops skills in adapting layout to the viewing environment by using fluid, proportion based grids, flexible images, and media queries. Introduces responsive design/development best practices, including mobile first, unobtrusive JavaScript, and progressive enhancement.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 210  or instructor permission
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of Responsive Web Development.
      1. Understand the need for responsive design.
      2. Outline key responsive design concepts and best practices.
      3. Explain the difference between adaptive and responsive design methodologies.
      4. Recognize examples of responsive design.
      5. Demonstrate understanding of progressive enhancement, optimization, mobile first, and modular design.
    2. Develop responsive content, interfaces, and layouts.
      1. Create web site designs using a mobile first approach.
      2. Code page layouts according to current standards for responsive design.
      3. Create fluid, responsive content using HTML, CSS, and JavaScript.
      4. Use techniques to add responsive media, including flexible images, video, and interactive components.
    3. Apply best practices for responsive site design.
      1. Apply media queries to develop a modular strategy for different device environments.
      2. Implement content to adapt to device environments.
      3. Optimize site content for different device environments.
      4. Apply progressive enhancement techniques to page design and content.
    4. Apply appropriate design strategies related to audience, accessibility, and usability.
      1. Develop sites supported in contexts that fit the target audience.
      2. Develop context appropriate layouts, menus, and site features.
      3. Implement code, which renders properly across audience browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
      4. Implement code which complies with current accessibility standards.
      5. Demonstrate the ability to test web sites for proper functionality and usability in multiple browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
    5. Employ proper tools and techniques to facilitate development of responsive applications.
      1. Utilize web based resources and guides related to web development and responsive design.
      2. Demonstrate familiarity with responsive design tools, including frameworks/grid systems, polyfills, shims, and fallback plans.
      3. Utilize open source, collaborative revision control, and source code management systems.
      4. Employ a broad variety of development and testing tools to build, test, and implement site designs.
  
  • CST 216 - Web Site Management

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Explores the design and management of web sites using a variety of software applications. Uses hands-on experiences to create advanced web pages including hyperlinks, lists, tables, frames, forms, graphics, and special effects.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 210   or instructor permission
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Create and manage web site.
      1. Use a software package (Dreamweaver or Frontpage) to create a web site.
      2. Manage multiple HTML files and graphic files for use in a web site using a hierarchical file organization structure.
      3. Incorporate design elements in a web site that: promote ease of use and accessibility.
      4. Perform transfer of files (using FTP) to and from a web server.
      5. Manage multiple files of a web site.
      6. Maintain proper version control of web site files.
    2. Create individual basic web pages using a web page editor.
      1. Create, edit, open, and close a new web page file using a web page editor.
      2. Perform web page text formatting of a single web page including fonts, headings, styles, and lists.
    3. Design a web site considering differences in platforms, browsers, and standards.
      1. Review the appearance of different web sites on both the Macintosh and PC platforms.
      2. Review the appearance of different web sites on the Microsoft Explorer, Netscape, and other browsers.
      3. Design and implement a web site with a consistent "look and feel".
      4. Define attributes of web site that allows easy navigation.
      5. Reference available information sources for current HTML and web standards.
    4. Modify the HTML code for a web page.
      1. View the HTML code that will produce a web page.
      2. Determine the sections of HTML code that represent the different elements of the web page.
      3. Modify existing HTML codes when necessary to create a specific web page design or to tailor code generated by web page editor.
    5. Create and incorporate graphics with color in a web page.
      1. Select the appropriate file format (gif, jpeg, png) for an image that will be used on a web page.
      2. Create and modify images for use on a web page using appropriate software packages.
      3. Insert and place graphic images within a web page.
      4. Manage web page background and foreground color.
      5. Utilize web-safe colors for common appearances across platforms and browsers.
      6. Insert image maps into a web page.
    6. Use tables on a web page.
      1. Add a table to a web page to display data and for page layout.
      2. Adjust the number of rows, columns, and general size of the table.
      3. Modify the table border, cell padding and cell spacing for the table.
      4. Include row and column spanning as appropriate.
    7. Use forms on a web page.
      1. Design web page forms for a given data-entry problem.
      2. Add a form to a web page using a web page editor.
      3. Incorporate an appropriate action to process the form.
      4. Add and modify text fields on a form.
      5. Add a list to a form.
      6. Add the correct selection field (check box or radio button) to the form.
    8. Use actions on web pages.
      1. Create mouse rollovers to enhance the web page design.
      2. Create head actions that enhance the web page design.
    9. Use web pages that incorporate frames when appropriate.
      1. Create a frame set for a web page.
      2. Modify web page links so that the pages will open in the appropriate frame or open outside of the frame set.
    10. Use cascading style sheets on a web page and throughout a web site.
      1. Create cascading style sheets for web site and web page design and layout.
      2. Determine the platform and browser differences for specific cascading style sheets.
    11. Identify social ethical concerns related to web page design and content.
      1. Define issues related to user accessibility of web pages.
      2. Include design features in web pages for maximum accessibility.
      3. Define general copyright rules related to using web-based material.
  
  • CST 217 - Programming for the Web

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces web server programming for processing user interactions with an Internet server. Focuses on processing web page form information, dynamically creating web pages, executing data-driven applications on a Web server, and performing various interactions with a Web user.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 210  or instructor permission
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe concepts and technology necessary for client/server computing via the World Wide Web.
      1. Describe the client/server computing model and how it is applied using the World Wide Web.
      2. Describe what a Web server does and what functionality it provides.
      3. Describe features of the various Web server software and protocols.
      4. Distinguish between client-side and server-side web computing.
      5. Describe the various tools currently available for web page and web server scripting.
      6. Describe security and privacy issues in a World Wide Web computing environment.
    2. Practice methods necessary to enable web server programming.
      1. Define server file structure including levels of user access.
      2. Perform file transfers required to execute web server applications.
      3. Manage files and install applications on a computer and/or web server.
      4. Define appropriate security and password protection for a web server.
      5. Describe various risks involved in direct user access to a web server application.
    3. Solve problems by building programming solutions for server interactions with clients on the World Wide Web using appropriate tools.
      1. Define the appropriate tool or technology for the problem solution.
      2. Identify sources for server programming tools, solutions, and reference information.
      3. Modify and tailor existing server programming solutions for specific problems.
    4. Build client-side web sites and forms.
      1. Design and build web pages using basic HTML.
      2. Design and build web page forms.
      3. Format and manage web page form data.
      4. Create a server application to receive and store information from forms submitted via a web client.
    5. Construct scripts to execute server-side web applications.
      1. Define and utilize variables for provided data types.
      2. Utilize arithmetic operators to solve numerical problems.
      3. Apply selection and repetition control structures to manage logic of server script.
      4. Perform string and character processing on user data.
      5. Create scripting logic that manages data using arrays.
      6. Write scripts to read, write, and process files on a web server.
      7. Utilize functions and subprograms to modularize server scripts.
      8. Send e-mail via a web server application.
    6. Interact with a web database and build dynamic web pages using a server-side application.
      1. Create server applications to dynamically create a web page from a client transaction.
      2. Build a server application to retrieve data from a file and return it via a web page.
      3. Implement a server solution to access data and information from another web URL.
      4. Create database queries using a scripting language to store, change, and retrieve records from a database.
      5. Perform required database management actions including creating tables and formatting records.
    7. Build or maintain common web site applications.
      1. Manage user sessions for a server-based web system.
      2. Authenticate web site users and validate user input data.
      3. Integrate data security features into a dynamic web site.
      4. Build or tailor common web applications.
      5. Build or tailor content management applications.
  
  • CST 218 - Web Application Development

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Focuses on developing data driven applications for the web with an emphasis on developing cross platform applications, which function consistently across a wide range of devices. Develops skills in creating web-based applications utilizing open source resources.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 217  or instructor permission
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of web application development.
      1. Understand the difference between static and dynamic websites and applications.
      2. Outline methods for creating data driven sites and applications.
      3. Explain the difference between server side and client side programming.
      4. Recognize examples of dynamic, data driven, and user-generated content sites.
    2. Develop web applications, which function properly on common desktop, mobile, and device operating systems.
      1. Create and modify databases and tables.
      2. Apply current standards and best practices for table design.
      3. Create applications to store and retrieve data.
      4. Develop pages that provide interactive page controls.
      5. Utilize server side programming to interact with database content.
      6. Develop common data driven applications.
      7. Format and customize the display of data driven content.
      8. Optimize database records and design.
    3. Develop web apps that implement features using cloud based application program interfaces.
      1. Explore application program interfaces for common cloud based services.
      2. Become familiar with resources for working with cloud based application program interfaces.
      3. Develop web apps using common APIs.
      4. Customize and explore sample web applications.
      5. Become familiar with best practices for working with common APIs.
    4. Apply current standards and best practices for web application development.
      1. Indentify resources for current standards, best practices, testing and version control for web application development.
      2. Develop sites supported in contexts that fit the target audience.
      3. Implement code that renders properly across common browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
      4. Implement code, which complies with current accessibility standards.
      5. Implement code that complies with current standards for database design.
      6. Implement code that complies with current standards for version control.
      7. Implement code that complies with current standards for relevant application program interfaces.
      8. Implement code that complies with current standards for relevant programming languages.
      9. Demonstrate the ability to test web sites for proper functionality and usability in multiple browsers, resolutions, platforms, and devices.
    5. Employ proper tools and techniques to facilitate development of web applications.
      1. Develop awareness of open source and collaborative development resources and tools.
      2. Demonstrate understanding of proper site organization on client and server.
      3. Demonstrate understanding of server side file systems.
      4. Demonstrate ability to work with server side web site files and data.
      5. Understand distributed version control systems.
      6. Demonstrate ability to access and update projects using distributed version control systems.
      7. Understand fundamental Internet and web side set-up concepts, including file transfer protocol, TCP/IP, uniform resource locators, domain name registration, hosting, and hosting applications.
  
  • CST 219W - Web Site Deployment

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Provides capstone experience for development of a complete web site for realistic client needs. Includes determination of requirements and web system design from an actual or hypothetical client. Includes deployment of a web site with a well-defined home page, multiple content pages, required graphics, forms, and server database interaction.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 217  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Manage a web site development project.
      1. Communicate with client to acquire requirements for web site.
      2. Document web site design, layout, functionality, and specifications.
      3. Build and manage a project plan for web site development.
      4. Submit periodic project status reports.
      5. Plan and manage client meetings for project requirements.
      6. Manage project scope, schedule, and closure.
      7. Plan and manage meetings as required for project continuity.
      8. Effectively work with other project team members, if necessary.
      9. Share and delegate project tasks, if necessary.
    2. Build a complete client web site.
      1. Design and build a home page that is attractive, informative, organized, and useful.
      2. Develop multiple web pages supporting client needs to present information.
      3. Implement effective web site navigation capabilities.
      4. Develop or acquire graphics and artwork necessary for web site.
      5. Design and build forms, server database interaction, and dynamic web pages.
      6. Develop methods for client to access and manage data from web site.
      7. Implement data security based on user requirements and constraints.
      8. Test web site with the involvement of the client.
      9. Design and build web site for ongoing management by client.
    3. Deploy a client web site and plan or site maintenance.
      1. Acquire web site hosting service for client, if required.
      2. Implement site by installing files to web host.
      3. Develop a plan for web site maintenance.
      4. Train and advise client to use and maintain web site.
  
  • CST 228 - Advanced Computer Troubleshooting

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4


    Covers common and advanced software troubleshooting problems and techniques for solving them.  Discusses function and structure of Microsoft Windows environment and applications. Introduces advanced security and networking concepts.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 60 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.     Install Operating Systems.

        A.        Identify procedures for loading/adding and configuring application device drivers and the

                   necessary software for certain devices.

        B.        Apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting.

    2.     Optimize a computer operating system to improve performance.

        A.        Perform preventive maintenance tasks on personal computer systems, and apply troubleshooting techniques.

                   1.   Use utilities and tools to solve problems with operating systems.

                   2.   Manually remove software.

    3.     Troubleshoot common problems relating to Windows operating systems and applications.

        A.        Recognize and interpret the meaning of common error codes and startup messages from the boot sequence. and identify steps to correct the problems, and apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

                   1.   Identify steps to correct the problems.

                   2.   Apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

        B.        Recognize common problems and determine how to resolve them by applying preventive

                   maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

    4.     Solve Network problems.

        A.        Identify the networking capabilities of an operating system including procedures for connecting to the network, and apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

        B.        Identify concepts and capabilities relating to the Internet and basic procedures for setting up a system for Internet access by applying preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

        C.        Configure devices to connect to  LANs, the Internet and Cloud Services.

    5.     Apply necessary security measures.

       A.        Implement security measures based on customer requirements, and apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

        B.        Recognize, remove, and protect against malicious software.

    6.     Use professional communication skills and techniques.

        A.        Apply the dynamic and collaborative nature of problem solving.

    7.     Explain the basic features of mobile devices and operating systems.

        A.        Describe the process for replacing or upgrading portable device components.

                   1.   Describe common wireless communication technologies.

                   2.   Apply preventive maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

        B.        Describe the differences between Android and iOS operating systems.

     

  
  • CST 235W - Systems Analysis and Design

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Studies the traditional System Development Life Cycle (SDLC) and specific attention to each phase that pertains within the overall Information Technology processes. Focuses on current systems that are successful as well as unsuccessful outcomes.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 3 and WRITING LEVEL 3; CST 133W , CST 173  or CST 170 all with a minimum grade of "C," one semester of accounting, and a programming language course
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of business data processing basics.
      1. Understand the information processing systems in use today.
      2. Understand the flow of information necessary in order to make effective decisions, comply with requirements, and produce the desired reports.
      3. Understand the need for both financial and nonfinancial data in today's business environment.
      4. Stand the need for, and means of, retrieval of information.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of basic concepts of systems analysis and design.
      1. Effectively describe the role/s of the systems analyst.
      2. Effectively describe the phases of the systems development life cycle.
      3. Effectively describe the data modeling tools for documenting the data relationships of the existing and proposed information systems.
      4. Effectively describe the process modeling tools for documenting the data processing activities of the existing and proposed information systems.
    3. Use the data modeling tools of structured systems analysis and design.
      1. Understand the basic concepts of data relationships.
      2. Creates documentation of data relationships using Entity Relationship Diagrams for both current and proposed information systems.
    4. Use the data process modeling tools of structured systems analysis and design.
      1. Understand the basic concepts of process modeling.
      2. Creates documentation of data processing activities using Data Flow Diagrams for both current and proposed information systems.
  
  • CST 250W - Incident Response and Disaster Recovery

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Includes implementing a plan to detect intruders, determine the damage caused, and discuss what precautions to use to avoid disasters and to recover from them when they do occur. Credit may be earned in CST 154W or CST 250W, but not both.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 152   and CST 153  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.                    Explain the Incident Response Life Cycle.

        A.        Identify the goals of incident response.

        B.        Describe the Preparation phase.

        C.        Describe Detection and Analysis phase.

        D.        Describe Containment, Eradication and Recovery phase.

        E.        Describe Post-Incident Activity phase.

    2.                   Explain preparation for an incident.

        A.        Explain the initial response phase.

        B.        Identify tools for obtaining volatile information.

        C.        Identify tools for obtaining non-volatile information.

        D.        Discuss formulating a response strategy.

        E.        Identify key members of an Incident Response Team.

        F.         Describe computer system storage fundamentals.

    3.                   Explain detection and analysis.

        A.        Perform live data collection.

        B.        Analyze network traffic.

        C.        Investigate Windows systems.

        D.        Investigate Unix/Linux systems

        E.        Apply data analysis techniques.

        F.         Collect network based evidence.

    4.                   Explain containment, eradication and recovery.

        A.   Discuss performing an in-depth live response.

        B.        Discuss whether a forensic duplication is necessary.

        C.        Discuss evidence handling.

        D.        Discuss prioritizing systems for recovery.

        E.        Discuss procedures for responding to attacks on computers.

    5.                    Explain post incident phase.

        A.        Explain traditional investigative steps.

        B.        Summarize how to conduct a post incentive interview.

        C.        Review forensic report writing guidelines.

        D.        Identify future disaster recovery procedures as needed.

        E.        Assess the value and effectiveness of mitigation steps.

  
  • CST 252 - Implementing Wireless Security

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Covers foundations of wireless security, wireless LAN vulnerabilities, passive wireless discovery, active wireless attacks, wireless security models, and enterprise wireless hardware security.  Includes designing a secure wireless network, securing wireless authentication and transmission, managing the wireless network, writing wireless security policy, and managing operational support and wireless convergence. Credit may be earned in CST 156 or CST 252, but not both.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 152   and CST 153  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.  Discuss the foundations of wireless security.

        A.        Discuss wireless in our world.

        B.        Discuss wireless advantages and disadvantages.

        C.        Discuss information security and wireless LANs.

        D.        Discuss wireless standards, organizations, and regulatory agencies.

        E.        Discuss wireless LAN standards and types.

        F.         Discuss wireless certifications.

    2.  Discuss wireless LAN vulnerabilities.

        A.        Discuss basic IEEE 802.11 security protections.

        B.        Discuss vulnerabilities of IEEE 802.11 security.

    3.  Discuss passive wireless discovery.

        A.      Discuss general information gathering.

        B.        Discuss wardriving.

        C.        Discuss wireless packet sniffers.

    4.  Discuss active wireless attacks.

        A.        Discuss security vulnerabilities.

        B.        Discuss wireless infrastructure attacks.

    5.  Discuss wireless security models.

        A.        Discuss wireless security models.

        B.        Discuss transitional security model.

        C.        Discuss personal security model.

        D.        Discuss enterprise security model.

    6.  Discuss enterprise wireless hardware security.   

        A.        Discuss enterprise WLAN hardware

        B.        Discuss hardware security features.

        C.        Discuss other hardware features.

    7.  Discuss designing a secure wireless network.    

        A.        Discuss principles of security design.

        B.        Discuss network segmentation.

        C.        Discuss hardware placement.

        D.        Discuss wireless device security.

    8.  Discuss secure wireless authentication.   

        A.        Discuss authentication.

        B.        Discuss authentication servers.

        C.        Discuss extended authentication protocols.

        D.        Discuss IEEE 802.11 authentication and key management.

        E.        Discuss wireless authentication and encryption.

    9.  Discuss secure wireless transmissions.    

        A.        Discuss encryption for transmitting documents.

        B.        Discuss encryption for secure management interfaces.

        C.        Discuss encryption for VPNs.

    10.  Discuss managing the wireless network and wireless security.

        A.        Discuss WLAN management systems.

        B.        Discuss wireless intrusion prevention systems.

        C.        Discuss what a security policy is.

        D.        Discuss types of wireless security policies.

    11.  Discuss operational support and wireless convergence.

        A.        Discuss the features of a scalable and secure WLAN.

        B.        Discuss WLAN operational support.

        C.        Discuss the convergence of wireless technologies.

    12.  Implement wireless mobile device security     

        A.        Mitigate the risk of BYOD

        B.        Identify mobile phone threats and vulnerabilities

        C.        Describe mobile device security models

        D.        Identify mobile wireless attacks and remediation

        E.        Discover mobile malware and application-based threats

  
  • CST 257 - Database MS Access

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Emphasizes the advantages of database processing, modeling, and design. Discusses design concepts from the standpoint of the user. Uses Microsoft ACCESS. Credit may be earned in CST 257 or CIS 260, but not both.

    Prerequisite(s): Any microcomputer class
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Discuss the features of database management systems (DBMS) software and implement those feature using MicroSoft Access.
      1. Describe and demonstrate queries, sorting, indexes, labels, reports, updates, input forms, graphs and calculations
      2. Describe and be able to create database structures using the various field types
      3. Explain the methods of implement linking and embedding objects from Excel and MS Word
      4. Explain the methods and implement some of the common tool box features found in Visual Basis
    2. Discuss the features of database design and its practical usage
      1. Describe and apply rules of database design including 1st and 2nd normal forms
      2. Explain and implement a database application to a user in Venn diagram and logic set form
      3. Explain and implement a relational database model
      4. Identify and set-up a key relations between files using primary and foreign keys
    3. Complete a project in a group setting
      1. Recognize the different time constraints of tasks and its relation to people
      2. Plan and organize tasks within a group
      3. Share output and receive input from other team members
  
  • CST 258 - Introduction to Structured Query Language

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 1

    Examines SQL (Structured Query Language) which is the standard database language. Creates, updates, and retrieves information from relational databases.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 257  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify the parts of a Database table.
      1. Describe data formats in a table.
      2. Identify rows, columns, and cells.
      3. Describe primary keys.
      4. Demonstrate table designs in Access and Oracle.
      5. Create tables with the proper data types.
      6. Manipulate primary keys especially adding and changing.
    2. Retrieve information from a table.
      1. Use the “Select” statement.
      2. Use the “Where” clause.
      3. Implement the “order by” clause.
    3. Apply the proper syntax for various SQL commands.
      1. Define and use compound where clauses.
      2. Define and use not, in, between, like and is null.
      3. Express proper SQL syntax rules.
      4. Use constant values.
      5. Perform proper syntax punctuation and case sensitivity.
    4. Save results.
      1. Create a new table from the results of the Select statement.
      2. Create a new view from the results of Select statement.
      3. Describe similarities and differences between tables and views.
      4. Manage the modifying of tables.
      5. Add, expand, and delete columns and rows.
    5. Manipulate data in tables.
      1. Change data through a view.
      2. Set column formats using SQL Plus.
      3. Use a spool file.
      4. Define and implement a data dictionary.
      5. Locate tables, views, and primary keys.
    6. Define and apply data integrity.
      1. Implement and discuss the concept of referential integrity.
      2. Implement and discuss delete and update rules.
      3. Implement and discuss constraints such as check, unique, not null.
      4. Perform functions dealing with numbers, text and date.
      5. Perform data joins from two tables.
      6. Describe the relationships-one to one, many to one, many to many and unmatched.
      7. Describe outer joins and inner joins.
  
  • CST 259 - Database Administration

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Gives a firm foundation in basic administration of a database. Installs and maintains a database software, gains a conceptual understanding of database architecture and how its components work and interact with one another. Creates an operational database and properly manages the various structures in an effective and efficient manner including performance monitoring, database security, user management, and backup/recovery techniques.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 159  with a minimum grade of “C”
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 15
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Prepare a database environment.
      1. Determine system requirements for a database environment.
      2. Set environment variables.
      3. Set advanced installation options.
      4. Configure database options.
    2. Manage database storage structures.
      1. Describe how Table data is stored.
      2. Describe a database Block.
      3. Manage Tablespaces.
    3. Administer user security.
      1. Create database user Accounts.
      2. Use predefined administration Accounts.
      3. Describe the benefits of Roles.
      4. Create/assign Roles.
      5. Implement password security features.
      6. Assign quotas to users.
    4. Manage Schema objects.
      1. Describe a Schema.
      2. Access Schema objects.
      3. Specify data types in Tables.
      4. Create and modify Tables.
      5. Understand data integrity.
      6. Describe/create Indexes.
      7. Describe/create Views.
      8. Describe/create Sequences.
    5. Perform database backups.
      1. Understand backup solutions.
      2. Plan/perform user-managed backup.
      3. Configure backup settings.
    6. Use property classes to share object properties.
      1. Store reusable objects in object groups.
      2. Create object libraries to store reuseable objects.
      3. Use PL/SQL libraries in forms to share PL/SQL program units.
  
  • CST 260 - CISCO - Scaling Networks

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Configures routers and switches for advanced functionality. Configures and troubleshoots routers and switches and resolves common issues with protocols in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 164  with a minimum grade of “C”
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of scalable networks.
      1. 1A. Explain the purpose of the spanning tree protocol in a switched LAN environment.
      2. 1B. Describe recommendations for designing a network that is scalable.
      3. 1C. Select the appropriate hardware to support network requirements in small- to medium-sized businesses.
    2. Configure routers and routing protocols.
      1. 2A. Configure and verify operation status of a serial interface.
      2. 2B. Manage router operating system files.
      3. 2C. Differentiate methods of routing and routing protocols.
      4. 2D. Configure and verify OSPF (multi-area).
      5. 2E. Configure and verify EIGRP (single AS).
    3. Identify and configure basic WANs.
      1. 3A. Identify different WAN technologies.
      2. 3B. Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection.
      3. 3C. Configure and verify a PPP connection between routers.
      4. 3D. Configure and verify Frame Relay on routers.
      5. 3E. Implement and troubleshoot PPPoE.
    4.  Troubleshoot inter-VLANs and WANs.
      1. 4A. Identify and correct common network problems.
      2. 4B. Troubleshoot and resolve spanning tree operation issues.
      3. 4C. Troubleshoot and resolve routing issues.
      4. 4D. Troubleshoot and resolve OSPF problems.
      5. 4E. Troubleshoot and resolve EIGRP problems.
  
  • CST 262 - Data Center Virtualization II

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Optimizes and scales a virtual data center infrastructure using advanced features and controls.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 162  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Manage Network Scalability
      1. Manage distributed switches
      2. Migrate virtual machines from standard switches to distributed switches
    2. Manage Storage Scalability
      1. Explain storage APIs for array integration and storage awareness
      2. Explain storage awareness
      3. Assign virtual machine storage policies
      4. Use virtual volumes
    3. Manage Host Scalability
      1. Use content libraries
      2. Use virtual volumes
    4. Manage vCenter Server Performance
      1. Configure high availability
      2. Understand what factors influence a Virtualized Environment
    5. Optimize Resources
      1. Explain the CPU scheduler operation
      2. Explain ballooning
      3. Explain memory compression
      4. Describe factors that affect storage performance
      5. Explain the performance features of network adapters
      6. Explain the performance features of virtual networking
      7. Monitor key performance metrics
    6. Manage Security
      1. Configure host access
      2. Configure authorization
      3. Secure virtual machines
    7. Utilize Technology Effectively
      1. Solve a problem or accomplish a task using technology.
  
  • CST 263 - Advanced Microsoft Networking

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Manages data storage, shared resources, and access rights. Manages and troubleshoots the network infrastructure, servers, client computers, and active directory objects. Manages software and security policies.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 161 , CST 163  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Manage data storage.
      1. Implement NTFS and FAT file systems.
      2. Enable and configure quotas.
      3. Implement and configure Encrypting File System (EFS).
      4. Configure volumes and basic and dynamic disks.
      5. Configure file and folder permissions.
      6. Manage a domain-based distributed file system (DFS).
      7. Manage file and folder compression.
    2. Create shared resources and configure access rights.
      1. Share folders and enable Web sharing.
      2. Configure shared folder permissions.
      3. Create and manage shared printers.
      4. Configure shared printer permissions.
    3. Configure, administer, and troubleshoot the network infrastructure.
      1. Validate local computer configuration.
      2. Validate network connectivity.
      3. Configure client computer TCP/IP properties.
      4. Configure DHCP server properties.
      5. Configure DNS server properties.
      6. Configure client computer name resolution properties.
    4. Manage, secure, and troubleshoot servers and client computers.
      1. Verify hardware compatibility by using the qualifier tools.
      2. Configure driver signing options.
      3. Interpret the startup log file.
      4. Repair an operating system by using various startup options, like Safe Mode, and Recovery Console.
      5. Monitor and interpret real-time performance by using System Monitor and Task Manager.
      6. Configure and manage System Monitor alerts and logging.
      7. Apply and reapply service packs and hot fixes.
    5. Create, manage, and troubleshoot User and Group objects in Active Directory.
      1. Create and configure user and computer accounts for new and existing users.
      2. Troubleshoot groups.
      3. Configure a user account by using Active Directory Users and Computers.
      4. Search for objects in Active Directory.
      5. Create user accounts using templates.
      6. Reset an existing computer account.
    6. Deploy software by using Group Policy.
      1. Use Windows Installer to deploy Windows Installer packages.
      2. Deploy updates to installed software including antivirus updates.
      3. Configure Group Policy to assign and publish applications.
    7. Implement and manage security policies by using Group Policy.
      1. Use security templates to implement security policies.
      2. Analyze the security configuration of a computer by using the secedit command and Security Configuration and Analysis.
      3. Modify domain security policy to comply with corporate standards.
  
  • CST 264 - CISCO - Connecting Networks

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Discusses the WAN technologies and network services required by converged applications in a complex network. Explains the selection criteria of network devices and WAN technologies to meet network requirements.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 260  with a minimum grade of “C”
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of Wide Area Network technologies.
      1. Identify different WAN technologies.
      2. Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection.
      3. Configure and verify a PPP connection between routers.
      4. Configure and verify Frame Relay on routers.
      5. Implement and troubleshoot PPPoE.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of hierarchical network models.
      1. List the structured engineering principles for network design.
      2. Describe the various modules in network design.
      3. Explain how the three layers of a hierarchical network are used in network design.
    3. Troubleshoot WANs.
      1. Utilize NetFlow data to monitor the network.
      2. Troubleshoot and resolve STP operation issues.
      3. Troubleshoot and resolve inter-VLAN routing problems.
      4. Troubleshoot and resolve WAN implementation issues.
      5. Troubleshoot Etherchannel problems.
    4. Describe and select WAN access technologies.
      1. Define WAN operations.
      2. Describe WAN services available.
      3. Compare various private and public WAN technologies.
      4. Select the appropriate WAN protocol and service for a specific network requirement.
  
  • CST 265 - Linux Networking II

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Covers configuring different types of servers, administering advanced network administration tasks with command-line and graphical user interface tools, printing, and troubleshooting.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 165  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe Linux software.
      1. Explain function libraries.
      2. Explain command-line utility rpm to manage software.
      3. Discuss different graphical tools to manage software.
    2. Explain the Linux kernel.
      1. Explain kernel modules.
      2. Describe booting the kernel.
      3. Explain how to configure the boot manager.
      4. Identify how to initialize, start, and stop system services.
      5. Discuss system services configuration.
    3. Identify the Linux shell.
      1. Explain the concept of the shell.
      2. Describe the functions of the shell.
      3. Describe the different types of shells.
      4. Explain various shell commands.
      5. Describe how to customize the shell.
    4. Describe advanced administration tasks.
      1. Explain programming concepts.
      2. Describe shell scripts.
      3. Discuss how to automate various tasks.
      4. Explain how to modify the Linux kernel source code.
    5. Explain troubleshooting Linux.
      1. Explain a disaster recovery plan.
      2. Describe how to create rescue disks.
      3. Explain the need for an Uninterruptible Power Supply.
      4. Explain how to check file system integrity.
      5. Identify different backup strategies.
      6. Identify different backup utilities.
    6. Discuss managing system resources.
      1. View system status, device, and process information.
      2. Explain managing processes.
      3. Explain managing memory.
      4. Identify potential system bottlenecks.
      5. Discuss system logs.
    7. Describe Linux printing.
      1. Describe the Linux printing process.
      2. Explain how to configure printers.
      3. Discuss printing from the command line.
      4. Discuss printing from the graphical user interface.
      5. Explain printing policies.
      6. Identify print management utilities.
  
  • CST 266 - Information Security

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Covers network security, compliance and operation security, threats and vulnerabilities, as well as, application data and host security.  Also included are access control, identity management and cryptography.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 164  and one of the following: CST 262 , CST 263  or CST 265 .
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 60 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe network security abilities.
      1. Implement security configuration parameters on network devices and other technologies.
      2. Given a scenario, use secure network administration principles.
      3. Explain network design elements and components.
      4. Given a scenario, implement common protocols and services.
      5. Given a scenario, troubleshoot security issues related to wireless networking.
    2. Illustrate compliance and operational security practices in a network environment.
      1. Explain the importance of risk related concepts.
      2. Summarize the security implications of integrating systems and data with third parties.
      3. Given a scenario, implement appropriate risk mitigation strategies.
      4. Given a scenario, implement basic forensic procedures.
      5. Summarize common incident response procedures.
      6. Explain the importance of security related awareness training.
      7. Compare and contrast physical security and environmental controls.
      8. Summarize risk management practices.
      9. Given a scenario, select the appropriate control to meet the goals of security.
    3. Explain threat and vulnerability awareness in a network environment.
      1. Explain types of malware.
      2. Summarize various types of attacks.
      3. Summarize social engineering attacks and the associated effectiveness with each attack.
      4. Explain types of wireless attacks.
      5. Explain types of application attacks.
      6. analyze a scenario and select the appropriate type of mitigation and deterrent techniques.
      7. Given a scenario, use appropriate tools and techniques to discover security threats and vulnerabilities.
      8. Explain the proper use of penetration testing versus vulnerability scanning.
    4. Describe application, data, and host security.
      1. Explain the importance of application security and controls and techniques.
      2. Summarize mobile security concepts and technologies.
      3. Given a scenario, select the appropriate solution to establish host security.
      4. Implement the appropriate controls to ensure data security.
      5. Compare and contrast alternative methods to mitigate security risks in static environments.
    5. Use access control and identity management functions.
      1. Compare and contrast the function and purpose of authentication services.
      2. Given a scenario, select the appropriate authentication, authorization or access control.
      3. Install and configure security controls when performing account management.
    6. Use cryptography in a network security system.
      1. Given a scenario, utilize cryptography concepts.
      2. Given a scenario, use appropriate cryptographic methods.
      3. Given a scenario, use appropriate PKI, certificate management and associated components.
  
  • CST 267 - Introduction to Computer Forensics

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Provides a comprehensive understanding of computer forensics and electronic discovery along with associated investigation tools and techniques. Explores computer forensic theory and focuses various forensic skills used in the Information Security profession.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 266  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.    Describe computer forensics.    

         A.          Examine the fundamental concepts of computer forensics and why it is not strictly a technology based pursuit.

         B.          Study real world examples of how computer forensics is integral in investigating computer security related allegations, theft of trade secrets
                       and embezzlement.

         C.          Understand chain of custody.

         D.          Discuss ways to collect evidence.

         E.          Identify methods of evidence preservation.

         F.          Identify the risks involved in using an improperly trained computer forensics examiner.

         G.         Examine hardware and software concepts critical to the foundations of computer forensics.

    2.    Describe concepts of Computer Security.

         A.          Discuss security threats.

         B.          Describe the goals of information security: integrity, confidentiality and availability.

         C.          Discuss ramifications involved in information security, like cost and technology barriers.

         D.          Discuss evolving federal rules relative to information protection, identity theft, and other computer-based crimes.

    3.    Demonstrate applied principles of managing security measures for  investigating security problems.  

         A.          Solve problems in computer forensics investigations within the computing environment.

         B.          Identify and disable nonessential services.

         C.          Identify and disable nonessential protocols.

         D.          Identify and disable nonessential programs.

         E.          Identify and disable nonessential utilities.

         F.           Identify and disable nonessential processes.

         G.          Compare and contrast security on network media.

         H.          Compare and contrast security on storage media.

    4.    Describe various computer security risks and remedies.

         A.          Identify and discuss security zones.

         B.          Create incident responses.

         C.          Create security priorities profiles.

         D.         Transfer forensic audit procedures to protect corporate or educational assets

    5.    Describe the need for proper documentation.

         A.          Determine standards and guidelines.

         B.          Identify system architecture.

         C.          Keep logs and inventories.

         D.          Develop change control procedure.

         E.          Identify methods of documentation retention and storage.

         F.           Identify methods of destroying old documentation.

    6.    Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of cryptography.

         A.          Discuss integrity and confidentiality.

         B.          Discuss digital signatures.

         C.          Discuss norepudiation.

     7.    Demonstrate the vulnerabilities associated with computer and data

         A.          Discuss ethics of computer security and data mining.

         B.          Identify and use tools to create digital signatures.

         C.          Recognize and demonstrate different types of attacks associated with network use (i.e. back door attacks, spoofing attacks, TCP/IP
                       hijacking, etc)

    8.    Demonstrate knowledge of current forensics tools

         A.          Use various tools to test system integrity.

         B.          Use tools to track digital signatures.

         C.          Use computer forensics security configuration utilities to perform practical tasks for investigating High Performance Computing operations

         D.         Load and run software products as resources for identifying inappropriate cluster use.

    9.    Demonstrate basic fundamentals of High Performance Computing security investigation concepts.

         A.          Use professionally accepted investigative methods of using digital evidence control  components.

         B.          Use cyber forensics security methodology to solve computer crimes.

         C.          Produce documentation of successful info security investigations.

         D.          Create and verify forensically sterile examination media and boot diskettes.

         E.          Find and recover deleted, formatted, hidden and lost data, access e-mail, cache and other internet related files.

         F.          Unlock passwords, convert data formats and analyze data to conclude examinations.

    10. Demonstrate knowledge of High Performance Computing operating systems and boot structure.

         A.          Collect free space on the storage media and analyze it for signatures that would indicate data.

         B.          Use forensic toolkits to collect and examine data under various different operating systems environment.

         C.          Discuss digital similarities and differences of various operating systems (i.e. DOS, Windows, UNIX and Linux).

    11: Demonstrate knowledge concerning investigating computer crime incidents.

         A.          Gain proficiency in the examination and preservation of info security evidence.

         B.          Secure compromised machines and related data.

         C.          Preserve and analyze evidence and consider cross border jurisdiction in international investigations.

    12. Think critically and access, analyze and use information including using current Internet programming technology: formulate a question
           or need, 
    develop a strategy to meet that question or need to solve a technical problem.

         A.          Generate, assess and validate solutions to a security problem involving web or network access.

         B.          Develop and question alternative formulations of a security problem involving web or network  access.

         C.          Search and access information via the Internet.

         D.         Evaluate information or data for quality, validity and bias to determine if it is objective and reliable.

         E.          Question assumptions, data and formulations of problems and proposed answers.

    13. Think critically and access, analyze and use information including using current Internet programming technology: interpret technical
           statements, 
    texts, theories, problems, symbols and observations.    

         A.          Clarify and analyze the meanings of technical words, phrases and statements.

         B.          Learn the meanings of terms and acronyms used with information security and ways to use them.

         C.          Generate and collect relevant observable or measurable information or data using intrusion detection software and hardware.

         D.          Organize and present information or data in written form.

  
  • CST 268W - Special Topics in IT Support

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Serves as the capstone course in the PC Support segment of the IT Support program certificate and/or degree. Students plan, implement, and participate in a community service, non-profit organization, internship, or job shadow that integrates community service with their academic instruction and personal goals. Focuses on PC hardware, software, network/security procedures, and communication skills. Based on 48 hours of project/community service.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 128   and CST 228 .
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 15
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Examine current topics and future changes in technology.
      1. Identify and develop a research project on a subject relevant to IT Support.
      2. Explain the ability to link and adapt new technology to existing technology.
    2. Communicate technical and non-technical information clearly through written and oral format.
      1. Explain customer relation skills required of an IT Support Technician.
      2. Identify basic troubleshooting procedures and tools, including how to elicit problem symptoms from customers by asking particular questions in a given scenario.
      3. Gather information from user.
      4. Analyze job-related work orders.
      5. Analyze whether a problem is a hardware or software issue.
      6. Practice appropriate communication through responses and instructions to users.
    3. Troubleshoot, analyze, and repair hardware and software.
      1. Use tools to and diagnose procedures for troubleshooting.
      2. Describe resolution of customer IT problems.
  
  • CST 269 - Cisco Security

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces core security concepts and skills needed for the installation, troubleshooting, and monitoring of network devices to maintain the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of data and services. Stresses Command Line Interface (CLI) for securing Cisco equipment. Provides an in-depth, theoretical understanding of Cisco security in a logical sequence driven by technology.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 161  and CST 164 .
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Explain network threats, mitigation techniques, and the basics of securing a network.
      1. Describe the fundamental principles of securing a network.
      2. Describe the characteristics of worms, viruses, and Trojan horses and mitigation methods.
      3. Describe common network attack methodologies and mitigation techniques such as Reconnaissance, Access, Denial of Service, and DDoS.
    2. Secure administrative access on Cisco routers.
      1. Configure secure administrative access and router resiliency.
      2. Configure command authorization using privilege levels and role-based CLI.
      3. Configure network devices for monitoring.
      4. Secure IOS-based routers using automated features.
    3. Secure administrative access with AAA.
      1. Describe the purpose of AAA and the various implementation techniques.
      2. Identify and implement AAA methods using the local database.
      3. Use AAA to construct security solutions using TACACS+ and RADIUS protocols.
    4. Identify and deploy firewall technologies to secure the network perimeter.
      1. Configure and assess ACLs.
      2. Describe the purpose and operation of firewall technologies.
      3. Integrate and analyze CBAC.
      4. Deploy zone-based policy Firewall using SDM and CLI.
    5. Configure IPS to mitigate attacks on the network.
      1. Describe the purpose and operation of network-based and host-based Intrusion Prevention.
      2. Configure Cisco IOS IPS operations using SDM and CLI.
    6. Describe LAN security considerations and implement endpoint and Layer 2 security features.
      1. Describe endpoint vulnerabilities and protection methods.
      2. Describe basic catalyst switch vulnerabilities such as VLAN attacks, STP manipulation, CAM table overflow attacks, and MAC address spoofing attacks.
      3. Describe the fundamentals of Wireless, VoIP, SANS, and the associated security considerations.
      4. Configure and verify switch security features including port security and storm control.
      5. Describe Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN).
    7. Describe methods for implementing data confidentiality and integrity.
      1. Describe how different types of encryption, hashes, and digital signatures work together to provide confidentiality, integrity, and non-repudiation.
      2. Describe the mechanisms to ensure data integrity.
      3. Describe the mechanisms used to ensure data confidentiality.
    8. Implement secure virtual private networks.
      1. Describe the purpose and operation of VPN types.
      2. Describe the component and operations of IPSec VPNs.
      3. Configure and verify a site-to-site IPSec VPN with pre-shared key authentication using SDM and CLI.
      4. Configure and verify a remote access VPN.
      5. Configure and verify SSL VPNs.
    9. Given the security needs of an enterprise, create and implement a comprehensive security policy.
      1. Describe the secure network lifecycle.
      2. Describe the components of a self-defending network and business continuity plans.
      3. Establish a comprehensive security policy to meet the security needs of a given enterprise.
  
  • CST 270 - Special Topics in Network Administration

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Serves as the capstone class for the Network program. Gains practical experience through a 30-hour volunteer service learning project to apply and reinforce skills learned in the Network program. Apply in Division office for placement in CST 270 in the semester prior to anticipated placement.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 262  or CST 263  or CST 265.  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Develop a 30-hour volunteer service learning project involving network administration.
      1. Demonstrate customer relation skills.
      2. Gather information from users.
      3. Analyze job-related work orders.
      4. Practice appropriate communication of responses and instructions to users.
      5. Use tools and troubleshooting methodologies to analyze and repair network hardware and software.
      6. Examine current topics and issues in network administration and technology.
      7. Value diversity and citizenship.
    2. Document knowledge or skills learned during the service learning project.
      1. Articulate knowledge of networking.
      2. Write effectively for the audience.
      3. Organize and integrate information into a format that illustrates patterns, clusters, and hierarchies of information.
      4. Organize written information using appropriate software to facilitate interpretation.
      5. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English.
      6. Document sources in acceptable format.
      7. Use appropriate technical vocubulary for the audience.
      8. Clarify and analyze the meanings of any network-related words, phrases, and statements.
      9. Use software tools to prepare appropriate supporting materials.
      10. Organize and present information in tables, charts, and graphs.
      11. Communicate effectively in speaking and listening.
  
  • CST 271 - Object Oriented+Data Driven Programming

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Emphasizes the creation and use of classes and highlights arrays and collections in object-oriented programming.  Includes programming principles working with dates, strings, and numeric data.  Highlights work with inheritance.  Introduces database programming.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 171  and CST 173 .
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Use various data types.
      1. Describe various data types; including int, double, decimal, bool, and string.
      2. Describe data terms; including literal value, null value, empty string, concatenate, append, escape sequence, string literal, verbatim string literal, and nullable data type.
      3. Describe the order of precedence for arithmetic expressions.
      4. Distinguish between implicit casting and explicit casting.
      5. Describe the differences between class scope and method scope.
    2. Create classes.
      1. Design classes.
      2. Include properties and methods.
      3. Instantiate objects.
      4. Create constructors.
      5. Use common conventions.
    3. Apply inheritance concepts.
      1. Create sub-classes.
      2. Overload methods.
      3. Describe the use of the protected and virtual access modifiers.
      4. Describe the use of polymorphism.
      5. Distinguish between an abstract class and a sealed class.
    4. Code control structures.
      1. Compare the if-else and switch statements.
      2. Use if statements and switch statements.
      3. Use while, do-while, and for statements as needed within your applications.
    5. Create arrays.
      1. Write the code that works with an array.
      2. Distinguish between a for loop and a foreach loop.
    6. Create collections.
      1. Write the code that works with a collection.
      2. Describe the differences between these collection classes: list, sorted list, queue, stack, and array list.
      3. Utilize for and foreach loops to process collections.
    7. Develop a database application.
      1. Explain how a table in a relational database is organized.
      2. Explain how the tables in a relational database are related.
      3. Describe the use of these SQL statements: Select, Insert, Update, Delete.
    8. Validate data.
      1. Describe the three types of data validation most likely to perform on data entry.
      2. Write code that validates user data entry.
      3. Configure controls to validate user data entry.
      4. Use dialog boxes within your applications.
    9. Handle exceptions.
      1. Explain what an exception is.
      2. Explain what it means for an exception to be thrown.
      3. Explain what it means for an exception to be handled.
  
  • CST 274 - Network+ Certification Prep

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Reinforces the real-world skills required of a Network Administrator. Prepares for the CompTIA’s Network+ certification.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 270 . May be taken concurrently with instructor permission.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Demonstrate knowledge in Network Administration.
      1. Classify how applications, devices, and protocols relate to the OSI model layers.
      2. Explain the purpose and properties of IPv4 and IPv6 addressing.
      3. Explain the purpose and properties of routing and switching.
      4. Explain the function of common networking protocols.
      5. Explain the purpose and features of various network appliances.
      6. Apply appropriate configuration management documentation.
      7. Classify methods of network access security, common threats, vulnerabilities, and mitigation techniques.
    2. Perform job-related tasks for networks.
      1. Categorize standard media types, connectors and associated properties.
      2. Compare and contrast different wireless standards.
      3. Plan and implement a basic SOHO network.
      4. Install and configure routers and switches.
      5. Use appropriate network monitoring resources to analyze traffic.
      6. Explain different methods and rationales for network performance optimization.
      7. Implement appropriate network security measures.
  
  • CST 278 - A+ Certification Prep

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Prepares for the CompTIA A+ certification exam as well as the TestOut PC Pro certification exam. Performs real-world skills that are required for an IT Support Specialist.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 128  and CST 228  both with a minimum grade of “C”
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate knowledge in Information Technology.
      1. Demonstrate fundamentals of computer technology and specifications.
      2. Describe computer components, and make informed choices about which device characteristics are required for your situation.
      3. Install and configure PC operating systems.
      4. Identify system requirements when purchasing a new computer.
      5. Install printers using the correct cabling, connections, and ports.
      6. Manage external devices.
      7. Demonstrate proper operational procedures.
    2. Perform job-related tasks for computer and networking systems.
      1. Install and configure PCs, laptops, and related hardware.
      2. Install and configure basic networks.
      3. Install and configure common mobile operating systems.
      4. Troubleshoot basic workstation security issues.
      5. Diagnose and repair common computer problems.
  
  • CST 283 - Principles of Computer Programming II

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4


    Introduces data structures and object-oriented programming. Includes array processing, sorting and searching algorithms, and pointer variables, and recursive programming. Studies data storage and retrieval using lists, stacks, queues, and trees. Utilizes object oriented programming methods including classes, composition, and inheritance. Credit may be earned in CST 283, CST 280, or CST 281 and CST 282 combined, but not in more than one.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 180  or CST 183 .
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 60 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.     Demonstrate computer literacy skills to successfully use software development environments.

         A.          Utilize an integrated development environment to create a project workspace.

         B.          Enter and edit program source code using a text editor.

         C.          Manage multiple project, data, and source code files.

         D.          Use a compiler to check program diagnostics and correct syntax errors.

    2.    Perform critical analysis to create working software solutions.

         A.          Analyze alternative solutions to a given programming problem and select the best approach.

         B.          Develop and implement a variety of testing strategies to verify correctness of programs.

         C.          Diagnose and debug syntax, run-time, linker, and logic errors to create a working and correct software solution.

         D.          Document program source code for clarity and readability using accepted documentation standards including comments, indentation, and
                       other techniques.

         E.          Integrate and re-use previously working program code into new software development.

         F.           Develop systematic test plans, create test cases and test data to verify program correctness.

         G.          Execute tests and correct logic errors based on test results.

         H.          Build user-friendly computer programs for a variety of real-world problems.

    3.    Define and practice basic principles for software engineering and design.

         A.          Describe a variety of simple design methods and techniques for computing algorithms.

         B.          Define information hiding, its value, and how it is implemented using a programming language.

         C.          Define fundamental software engineering principles including the software life cycle, software quality, and basic software testing methods.

         D.          Define the value of software documentation and utilize basic documentation techniques including definition of preconditions and
                      post-conditions.

         E.          Describe methods to desing generic and re-usable data structures and classes.

    4.    Implement abstract data types as basic custom classes.

         A.          Define the concept and value of data abstraction.

         B.          Define the abstraction levels for defining data including the abstract, implementation, and application levels.

         C.          Describe basic classifications of abstract data type operations and distringuish between transformers and observers for a variety of data
                       structures.

         D.          Create and apply a basic class to implement and abstract data type.

         E.          Describe the purpose and value of class constructors.

         F.           Define “set” and “get” methods necessary for a class to protect private data members.

         G.          Instantiate objects, and call their member functions, and apply objects to solve a basic software problem.

    5.    Examine a problem domain and model an object-oriented solution.

         A.          Identify object attributes and behaviors and determine significant events that define a problem.

         B.          Specify objects that exist within system boundaries and identify object relationships and interactions.

         C.          Determine hierarchical relationships between objects and determine the need for inheritance to implement object oriented principles.

         D.         Classify object relationships in terms of access, ownership, inheritance.

    6.    Design classes to implement object-oriented solutions.

         A.          Use access specifiers in class creation.

         B.          Create destructor member functions and define the necessity for destructors.

         C.          Describe the necessity and implementation of copy constructors for various dynamically allocated classes.

         D.          Pass objects to functions.

         E.          Categorize accessor, mutator, and iterator member functions.

         F.          Specify scope of objects, methods, and attributes.

         G.         Describe different access specifiers for derived classes.

         H.         Override base class functions in the derived class.

         I.           Use virtual functions to implement polymorphism.

         J.          Distinguish between assignment and initialization.

    7.    Apply various data structures to solve problems.

         A.         Describe fundamental operations of a sequential list.

         B.         Describe, analyze, and modify unsorted and sorted lists implemented with arrays.

         C.         Implement array-based list searching using both linear search and binary search.

         D.         Describe, analyze, and modify unsorted and sorted lists implemented with linked structures.

         E.         Build general data nodes for use in various dynamic data structures.

         F.          Apply an array-based list class to implement a software solution to a practical problem.

         G.         Apply a linked list class to implement a software solution to a practical problem.

         H.         Describe and trace linked list implementations using arrays.

         I.           Describe variations of linked lists including circular and doubly linked lists.

         J.          Describe the fundamental operations of a stack abstract data type including push and pop.

         K.          Describe, analyze, and modify stack classes implemented with arrays.

         L.          Describe, analyze, and modify stack classes implemented with linked structures.

         M.         Apply a stack class to implement a practical software solution to a practical problem.

         N.         Convert arithmetic expressions to and from infix notation, prefix notation, and postfix notation and convert arithmetic expression patterns
                      using stacks.

         O.         Describe the fundamental operations of a queue abstract data type including enqueue and dequeue.

         P.          Describe, analyze, and modify queue classes implemented with arrays.

         Q.         Describe, analyze, and modify queue classes implemented with linked structures.

         R.         Describe a basic queuing simulation using a random number generator.

         S.         Apply a queue class to implement a practical software solution to a practical problem.

    8.    Apply tree data structures to solve problems.

         A.          Define a tree data structure and differentiate from a common tree and a binary tree.

         B.          Describe the fundamental operations of a binary search tree including special terminology related to tree data structures.

         C.          Describe, analyze, and modify a binary search tree implemented using linked structures.

         D.          Apply a queue class to implement a practical software solution to a practical problem.

         E.          Define tree traversal patterns including preorder, inorder, and postorder traversals.

         F.          Relate binary tree traversal patterns to creation and overall balance.

         G.         Describe a binary expression tree and relate tree traversal patterns to arithmetic infix, prefix, and postfix notation.

         H.         Define a heap data structure and its relationship to trees.

         I.          Implement a heap using arrays and describe the algorithms for inserting and deleting data with heaps.

         J.          Describe and analyze a heap implemented using linked structures.

         K.          Apply a heap to class to implement a priority queue.

         L.          Describe the purpose of hashing and the function of a hash function.

         M.         Compare and contrast a hash table with a list and define attributes of a good hash funchtion.

         N.         Describe methods for managing data collisions for a hash table operation.

         O.         Describe and trace a data structure build using hashing and chaining of linked lists.

         P.          Define a graph data structure and represent the edge set and vertex set of a graph.

         Q.         Compare and contrast undirected graphs, directed graphs, and weighted graphs.

         R.          Represent a graph data structure using an adjacency matrix.

         S.          Describe the fundamental operations of a graph data structure.

         T.          Define graph traversal patterns including depth-first and breadth-first search.

         U.         Describe various problems for which graphs can be applied to represent data patterns.

    9.    Apply recursive programming to solve problems.

         A.          Compare and contrast recursive and iterative algorithms.

         B.          Define the value and appropriate uses of recursive programming.

         C.          Create recursive algorithms including definition of the base case and general case for function returns.

         D.         Trace recursive algorithms and define the behavior of computer algorithms running recursive algorithms.

         E.          Implement a variety of algorithms using recursive approaches.

         F.          Integrate recursive strategies into sorting algorithms as well as for processing various non-linear data structures.

    10. Analyze algorithms for information manipulation from various data structures.

         A.          Define the basic concept of algorithm efficiency including the definition of the order of magnitude (big-O) of an algorithm.

         B.          Define the basic concept of algorithm efficiency including the definition of the order of magnitude (big-O) of an algorithm.

         C.          Analyze and measure the efficiency difference between the linear search and binary

         D.          Describe a high probability ordered search as an improvement to a linear search.

         E.          Describe and trace basic O(N2) sorting algorithms including bubble sort, selection sort, and insertion sort.

         F.          Describe and trace recursive O(Nlog2N) sorting algorithms including quicksort, mergesort, and heapsort.

         G.         Recognize the big-O for a collection of sorting algorithms and define the best and worst in terms of efficiency.

         H.         Measure numerous sorting algorithms for best and worst efficiency with a variety of list configurations.

    11: Use constructs of a programming language to solve problems.

         A.          Implement programs applications separated into multiple file modules.

         B.          Evaluate bitwise operations including bitwise and, or, exclusive-or, shift, and compliment.

         C.          Define implementations of data structures using bitwise operations.

         D.          Utilize generic template classes for data type independence.

         E.          Describe and utilize the boolean (bool) data type in a variety of algorithms including an array of boolean values.

         F.          Define arrays, array indexing, and array processing using loops.

         G.         Apply dynamic data allocation with appropriate use of keyword “new.”

         H.         Define potential risks and errors that could occur using dynamic data allocation.

         I.           Perform hexadecimal counting and required conversations to and from decimals.

         J.          Explain exception handling and implement a basic exception handling programming construct.

  
  • CST 284W - Business Information Technology Capstone

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Serves as the capstone course in the Business & Information Technology degree program. Includes development of a career portfolio to illustrate professionalism and business technology skills. Uses technology to research and analyze topics including careers in business, certifications, and job search preparation, as well as issues related to current information technology topics. Recommended to be taken in the last semester of a student’s business and information technology program.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 155 , CST 204 , CST 257 , and MGT 153W  all with a minimum grade of “C” or permission of instructor
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 15
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate the use of appropriate computer resources in the business environment.
      1. Identify and develop a research project on a subject relevant to current topics and/or future changes in business and information technology
      2. Demonstrate the results of research concerning careers in business, certification, job search techniques, and tools using the Internet and other sources.
      3. Develop a career/learning portfolio and other job-seeking tools using appropriate technology.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of business and information technology requirements.
      1. Demonstrate the ability to utilize various software programs to appropriate business applications.
      2. Identify appropriate ethical behavior as it relates to technology and corporate policies.
    3. Demonstrate professionalism in the workplace.
      1. Practice oral and written presentation and communication skills.
      2. Research opportunities and practice networking.
  
  • CST 285 - Network Intrusion Security Testing

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Serves as a capstone for the Information Assurance track. Introduces security testing to protect networks and computers by using various tools to attempt entry into a network or computer. Credit may be earned in CST 158 or CST 285, but not both.

    Prerequisite(s): CST 250W  and CST 252  
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives 1. Test a network for proper security measures.

        A. Discuss intrusion testing.

        B. Discuss what can be done legally.

        C. Discuss what cannot be done legally.

        D. Discuss the importance of getting it in writing.

    2. Discuss TCP/IP concepts.

        A. Discuss proper TCP/IP security objectives.

        B. Discuss IP addressing.

        C. Discuss binary, octal, and hexadecimal numbering systems.

    3. Discuss network and computer attacks.

        A. Discuss malicious software.

        B. Discuss protecting against malware attacks.

        C. Discuss intruder attacks on networks and computers.

        D. Discuss addressing physical security.

    4. Discuss footprinting and social engineering.

        A.  Discuss using web tools for footprinting.

        B.  Discuss conducting competitive intelligence.

        C.  Discuss using DNS zone transfers.

        D.  Discuss social engineering.

    5. Discuss port scanning.

        A.  Discuss types of port scans

        B.  Discuss using port scanning tools.

        C.  Discuss conducting ping sweeps.

        D.  Discuss shell scripting.

    6. Discuss enumeration.

        A.  Discuss enumeration and what it is.

        B.  Discuss enumerating Microsoft Operating systems.

        C.  Discuss enumerating the NetWare Operating system.

        D.  Discuss enumerating the Unix Operating system.

    7. Discuss Microsoft operating system vulnerabilities.

        A.  Discuss tools to identify vulnerabilities on Microsoft systems.

        B.  Discuss Microsoft OS vulnerabilities.

        C.  Discuss vulnerabilities in Microsoft services.

        D.  Discuss best practices for hardening Microsoft systems.

    8. Discuss Linux operating system vulnerabilities.

        A.  Discuss Linux fundamentals.

        B.  Discuss Linux OS vulnerabilities.

        C.  Discuss remote access attacks on Linux systems.

        D.  Discuss countermeasures against Linux remote attacks.

    9. Discuss web server vulnerabilities.

        A.   Discuss web applications.

        B.  Discuss web application vulnerabilities.

        C.  Discuss tools of web attackers and security tools.

    10. Discuss cryptography.

        A.  Discuss cryptographic basics.

        B.  Discuss symmetric and asymmetric algorithms.

        C.  Discuss PKI.

        D.  Discuss cryptographic attacks.

    11. Discuss protecting networks with security devices.

        A.  Discuss network security devices.

        B.  Discuss firewalls.

        C.  Discuss NIDS.

        D.  Discuss HIDS.

        E.  Discuss honeypots.

    12. Identify network and application vulnerabilities using a scripting language.

        A.  Perform network attacks (including port scanning, port knocking, and brute-forcing logins).

        B.  Bypass antivirus products with a scripting language.

        C.  Find buffer overflow vulnerabilities with fuzz testing.

        D.  Create remote code execution exploits for Linux and Windows targets.

  
  • CST 290-299 - Special Projects in Computer Science and Information Technology


    Meets MTA Requirement: None
  
  • CST 392 - Instructional Technology for Educators

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces software and internet applications technology for educators. Includes effective use of the Internet with e-mail, web usage and searching. Introduces tools for creation and modification of web pages. Includes various applications and techniques useful for teachers including presentation software, scanning and capturing graphics, spreadsheets, and classroom management tools.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Student can apply electronic mail for educational activities.
      1. Compose and send electronic mail
      2. Open, read, and delete received e-mail
      3. Manage an e-mail account including archiving messages and the use of folders.
      4. Create and manage entries in an e-mail address book.
      5. Subscribe to and utilize a listserv for educational communication.
    2. Student can apply the World Wide Web and a graphical web browser for educational activities.
      1. Define and explain the significance of terminology related to the World Wide Web and Internet.
      2. Access a specific web site from a given URL.
      3. Navigate to various web pages through links.
      4. Perform efficient searches and demonstrate various searching strategies for specific information on the World Wide Web.
      5. Demonstrate effective research techniques using the Internet including evaluation of credible web sites and citing web-based references.
      6. Locate useful web sites for educational purposes.
      7. Design effective classroom activities using the World Wide Web.
      8. Utilize software and tools that enable distance learning activities via the World Wide Web.
    3. Student can define social and professional issues related to the Internet and use of technology.
      1. Define issues with personal and information security.
      2. Describe Internet etiquette.
      3. Describe issues related to access to and control of Internet content judge indecent.
      4. Define various ethical issues related to the Internet and its use.
      5. Define copyright rules and limits of intellectual property related to the Internet and its use.
    4. Student can perform basic functions in operating environment to create and manage web page files.
      1. Log on to a personal Internet account.
      2. Use a simple Unix text editor
      3. Create and edit Unix text files.
      4. Create and delete Unix directories.
      5. Initialize and maintain the correct file and directory structure to enable web pages.
    5. Student can build a basic web page using a web page composer application and HTML.
      1. Enter text into a web page file.
      2. Format text using heading, bold, italics, and underline tags.
      3. Define text color and size.
      4. Include background colors or images.
      5. Created ordered and unordered lists.
      6. Insert and position a graphic image.
      7. Insert links to other pages.
      8. Create a simple table of information.
    6. Student can find resources and apply software tools for web page development and enhancement.
      1. Locate on-line resources and information sources for web page work.
      2. Access and upload graphics to a web page.
      3. Define the value and limits related to using a web page development software application.
    7. Student can build effective materials using a presentation software application.
      1. Create a new presentation file.
      2. Insert new slides and control side type.
      3. Insert and format text into presentation slides.
      4. Create basic graphic shapes from standard drawing tools.
      5. Use color effectively for background, shapes, and text.
      6. Demonstrate ability to print presentation slides in various forms.
    8. Student can acquire graphics and effectively apply them to educational materials.
      1. Scan and capture graphics from a scanner.
      2. Locate usable graphic images available via the internet.
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of file formats for graphics.
      4. Import graphics into web pages and presentations.
    9. Student can apply various software applications to manipulate information and analyze.
      1. Enter, manage, and utilize information in a spreadsheet.
      2. Create graphs and charts from spreadsheet data.
      3. Enter and manage grades using a grade software application.

Criminal Justice

  
  • CJ 101 - Police Recruit Training

    Credits: 6
    Instructional Contact Hours: 6

    Provides the basic training necessary to assume the duties of a police officer in preparation for MCOLES (Michigan Commission on Law Enforcement Standards) state certification. Includes constitutional law, criminal law, laws of arrest, search and seizure, investigative techniques, first aid, firearms, motor vehicle laws, defensive tactics, and patrol techniques. Contact the Delta Police Academy for information concerning admission requirements, enrollment, and current course fees. To obtain an Associate Degree in Criminal Justice, a student must earn a grade of C (2.0) or better in this course.

    Prerequisite(s): Must be currently employed full-or part-time by a law enforcement agency, or have completed an Associate Degree upon entry, or will receive an Associate Degree upon completion of the Basic Police Training Academy.
    Corequisite(s): OAT 153 , LWA 280  , and LWT 175  
    Lecture Hours: 605 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Meet the current MCOLES Basic Police Training Curriculum and Training Objectives
      1. Objectives on file in the Police Academy Office. Also refer to http://www.michigan.gov/documents/mcoles/Basic_Training_Manual_04-09_276022_7.pdf
  
  • CJ 102 - Jail Officer Academy

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Provides the basic training necessary to assume the duties of corrections deputy or local detention officer in accordance with Michigan Sheriff’s Coordinating and Training Council (MSCTC) standards and certification. Includes Booking and Intake Screening, Correctional Law, Cultural Diversity, Custody and Security, Stress Management, Ethics in Corrections, Prisoner Behavior, Workplace Harassment, Fire Safety, Interpersonal Communications, Report Writing, and Suicide Awareness. Contact the Delta Police Academy for information concerning admission requirements, enrollment, and current course fees.

    Prerequisite(s): Must be qualified to be a Local Corrections Officer according to the minimum hiring standards of the Michigan Sheriff’s Coordinating and Training Council (MSCTC). Must have also successfully passed the MSCTC LCOPAT test as well as the EMPCO Local Corrections Officer written examination prior to entry into the Jail Officers Academy.
    Corequisite(s): LWA 279 , LWT 170  
    Lecture Hours: 112 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Meet the current Michigan Sheriff’s Coordinating and Training Council (MSCTC) Local Corrections Officer Certification objectives.
      1. Objectives on file in the Police Academy Office. Also refer to Sherrif Training Council Certification
        Training modules include:
        Booking & Intake 8 hours
        Correctional Law 16 hours
        Cultural Diversity 4 hours
        Custody & Security 24 hours
        Ethics in Corrections 2 hours
        Fire Safety 12 hours
        Interpersonal Communications 16 hours
        Prisoner Behavior 8 hours
        Report Writing 8 hours
        Workplace Harassment 2 hours
        Stress Management 4 hours
        Suicide Awareness 8 hours
  
  • CJ 110W - Introduction to Criminal Justice

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces and provides orientation to the field of law enforcement and criminal justice. Explores major areas including: the philosophical and historical background of the field; types of courts and agencies in the field and their responsibilities; administrative and technical problems in the field and an understanding of the Bill of Rights Amendments to the Constitution.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Analyze the conceptual differences between the types of laws and crimes that have influenced the creation of the American criminal justice system.
      1. Differentiate between natural law and common law
      2. Contrast and compare the differences between crimes that are mala in se and mala prohibita
      3. Demonstrate an understanding between felonies and misdemeanors
      4. Explain the differences between substantive and procedural law
      5. Demonstrate an understanding between Part I and Part II crimes
      6. Explain the differences between civil and criminal law
      7. Synthesize all of the above into a comprehensive assessment of the American criminal justice system
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic fundamental rights of the U.S. Constitution as they apply to the criminal justice system.
      1. List and define of the rights of the accused 2B. Analyze the conceptual framework and applications of search and seizure laws.
      2. Describe and explain due process as it relates to the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments and the concept of incorporation.
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of Miranda rights.
      4. List the rights contained in the following Amendments: First, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Eighth, and Fourteenth
    3. Analyze the significance of landmark court cases.
      1. Describe and assess the significance of each of the following court cases:
        1. Escobedo v. Illinois, 378 U.S. (1964).
        2. Furman v. Georgia, 408 U.S. 238 ( 1972).
        3. Gideon v. Wainwright, 392 U.S. 335 (1963).
        4. Gitlow v. New York, 268 U.S. 652 (1925).
        5. Griswold v. Connecticut, 381 U.S. 479 (1965).
        6. Katz v. United States, 389 U.S. 347 (1967).
        7. Mapp v. Ohio, 367 U.S. 643 (1961).
        8. Marbury v. Madison, 1 Cr. 138 (1803).
        9. Miranda v. Arizona, 384 U.S. (1966).
        10. Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. 1 (1968).
    4. Demonstrate understanding of the American court system
      1. Describe the structure and role of the local, state, and federal court systems
      2. Differentiate between the following types of writs: habeaus corpus, certiorari, mandamus
    5. Synthesize the processes of the American criminal justice system.
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of the following key criminal justice concepts: adversarial, affirm, appeal, arraignment, arrest/detain, bail, Carroll doctrine, challenge, change of venue, concurrent, corpus delecti, crime, deterrence, discretion, determinate sentencing, double jeopardy, due process, evidence , exclusionary rule, felony murder, fruits of the poisonous tree, hung jury, indeterminate, investigation, mala in se, mala prohibita, mens rea, modus operandi, nolo contendere, nolo prosequi, parole, plea bargaining, peremptory, probable cause, probation, quasi-judicial function, reasonable doubt, remand, reverse, rule of four, search and seizure, self-incrimination, stop & frisk , silver platter doctrine, standing mute, vior dire, preponderance, presentence investigation.
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    7. Write effectively for a specific purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    8. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 111W - Police Administration

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Analyzes the functional divisions of the modern police department. Studies management operations, coordination of activities, communications, recruiting, training, public relations, and looks at the future of law enforcement.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of police management and supervision.
      1. Explain the mission, goals and objectives of a police organization.
      2. Trace the development & tradition of law enforcement.
      3. Explain the difference & necessity of generalists & specialists.
      4. Describe managerial levels, styles, & problems.
      5. Cite guidelines for effective leadership.
    2. Examine basic management/personal skills.
      1. Describe the communication process.
      2. Examine a variety of communication skills and/or problems.
      3. Cite importance of using the media, press , & news conferences.
      4. Provide information regarding decision & solving problems.
      5. Cite necessity for careful personnel selection process.
    3. Describe methods of improving employees’ skills.
      1. Explain training versus education.
      2. Cite training goals and standards.
      3. Explain necessity of recruit & managerial training process.
    4. Describe methods of improving employees’ motivation.
      1. Describe various motivational theories.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of information regarding complaints, grievances, and conflicts.
      1. Define various forms of employee problems.
      2. Cite various employee rights especially with union representation.
      3. Describe methods of dealing with external conflict.
      4. Explain need for stress management and training.
      5. Cite methods of reducing organizational stress.
    6. Demonstrate methods of deploying law enforcement resources. 
      1. Explain consideration of factors in deployment schemes.
      2. Cite factors involving one versus two officer patrol cars.
      3. Provide rationale for various types of patrol, bike, plane, boat and horse.
      4. Explain the importance and necessity of community policing concepts.
      5. Describe methods of measuring law enforcement productivity.
      6. Cite reasons to utilize computers to improve productivity.
    7. Describe evaluation methods needed for managing.
      1. Explain the definition of evaluation.
      2. List common types of performance evaluations.
      3. Cite methods of evaluating managers and supervisors by subordinates.
      4. Describe need for community oriented policing.
      5. Cite reasons for social/racial unrest and future of policing.
    8. Demonstrate an understanding of appropriate vocabulary.
      1. Define the following terms: acute stress, accountability, agenda, arbitration, authority, brainstorming, chain of command, community policing, conflict, decision making process, demotion, dismissal, ethics, act of fair labor standards, grievance, halo effect, mediation, morale, perks, peter principle, petty cash fund, post-traumatic stress disorder, priorities, procrastination, pyramid of authority, progressive discipline, random patrol, regression, reprimand, roll call, self-motivation, shift, summary discipline, tactical planning, team management, unity of command, vicarious liability.
    9. Demonstrate understanding of concepts through writing.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
      3. Analyze course content in written form.
      4. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
    10. Write effectively for a specific purpose.
  
  • CJ 112W - Police Operations

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Studies patrol as a basic police function, including both the theoretical and functional aspects. Covers the responsibilities of, purpose, methods, types and means of police patrol. Exams patrol strength layout, beats, technological advancements affecting the patrol officer.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe the aspects of major police functions.
      1. Describe types of police roles, patrol and procedures, and various concepts of preparation for patrol.
      2. Explain necessity of crime prevention, complete knowledge of district and radio reporting techniques.
      3. Explain importance of field interviews, contracts and appropriate report writing to convey knowledge to superiors.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of techniques used on so-called routine field patrol.
      1. Illustrate various methods of safely stopping the traffic violator and the positioning of vehicles.
      2. Cite advantages and disadvantages of day & night shift foot and motorized patrol, it would include techniques and responsibilities of:
        1. Building checks
        2. Window smashes
        3. Disturbances
        4. Vice control
        5. Prowler calls
        6. Held the officer calls
        7. Crime scene preservation
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of arrest in a variety of patrol situations.
      1. Describe methods of responding to a variety of felony in progress calls (burglary, robbery and assaults).
      2. Explain necessity of proper building searches.
      3. Diagram making felony vehicular (autos, vans & cycle) stops.
      4. Cite methodology of searching and handcuffing prisoners.
      5. Describe and assess the significance of following court cases:
        1. Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. (1968)
        2. Mapp v. Ohio, 367 U.S. 643 (1961)
        3. Gideon v. Wainwright, 392 U.S. 335 (1963)
        4. Escobedo v. Illinois, 378 U.S. (1964)
        5. Miranda v. Arizona, 348 U.S. (1966)
    4. Cite patrol officer responsibilities as they pertain to special cases encountered somewhat routinely (e.g. service calls).
      1. Describe importance of handling mentally ill, attempt suicide, and intoxicated persons.
      2. Indicate basic duties for requests to watch & check, wire down, animal control, lost children and fire scenes.
      3. Relate the importance and techniques of proper court room testimony.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of appropriate vocabulary.
      1. Define and explain the terms included in the handout provided by the International Association of Chiefs of Police.
    6. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
      3. Analyze course content in written form.
      4. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
    7. Write effectively for a specific purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
  
  • CJ 130W - Introduction to Corrections

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides an understanding of the agencies and institutions that have legal authority over the custody and supervision of offenders. Discusses major areas including the history and development of corrections, community based corrections, local, state and federal institutions, and institutional administration. Explores correctional treatment of female, male, and juvenile offenders. Covers the role of corrections in the total system of criminal justice.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Assess historical or contemporary correctional philosophies or processes.
      1. Trace the origins and development of corrections
      2. Define the correctional process within the criminal justice system
      3. Compare and contrast the various correctional ideologies
      4. Describe the following principles and goals of corrections: incapacitation, deterrence, rehabilitation, retribution, and vengeance
      5. Define the various levels or classifications of crimes
      6. Describe the legal process of criminal cases
      7. Explain the role of the legislature, judges, and juries in the sentencing process
      8. List the sentencing alternatives available
      9. Describe the appellate review process
      10. Synthesize all of the above and explain the impact on today’s corrections system.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding between probation and parole
      1. Describe the purposes of probation and parole
      2. Describe the types and conditions of probation and parole
      3. List the types of probation and parole violations that may lead to revocation
      4. Describe the problems encountered by parolees
      5. Assess, analyze, and contrast the effectiveness of probation and parole
      6. Explain the contemporary issues surrounding probation and parole
    3. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of correctional legal issues
      1. Define the rights of prisoners as they relate to the areas of: right to medical treatment, freedom of speech, freedom of press, right to access to courts and legal resources, personal safety, freedom of religion, and right to counsel
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of community-based corrections
      1. Describe the history of community based corrections
      2. Explain the various types of community-based programs sponsored by local, state, federal, and private organizations
      3. Describe the political, economical, and social problems encountered by community-based correctional institutions
      4. Differentiate between community-based corrections and various other correctional institutions
    5. Analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the various types of individuals that make up correctional institutions.
      1. Compare and contrast the responsibilities of various correctional personnel including: Warden, Assistant Warden, Jail Administrator, Deputy Warden, Sheriff, and Correctional Officer 5B. Describe the various types of correctional offenders that are incarcerated in local, state, and federal correctional institutions.
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    7. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    8. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 132W - Client Relations in Corrections

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Develops an awareness of the effects of culture and discrimination on the attitude formation of individuals, to assist in identifying various professional responses to human behavior.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Assess and analyze the meaning, function, and role of culture in our society.
      1. Define the meaning and function of culture.
      2. Identify the personal meaning of culture.
      3. Define the psychological meaning of culture.
      4. Understand the purpose culture serves in societies.
    2. Analyze and understand the conceptual framework of prejudice and discrimination.
      1. Define the meaning of prejudice and discrimination.
      2. Identify the social implications of prejudice and discrimination.
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of the psychological implication of prejudice and discrimination.
      4. Synthesize the above objectives and demonstrate an understanding of how they impact correctional clients, officers, and institutions.
    3. Understand the various racial and ethnic minority populations in Michigan and across the United States.
      1. List the various racial and ethnic groups in our society.
      2. Differentiate between the various racial and ethnic groups in our society.
      3. Differentiate between race and ethnicity.
      4. Identify the social, economical, educational, and cultural differences between these various populations.
    4. Understand the processes of attitude formation and its social implications.
      1. Explain how social experiences impact attitude formation.
      2. Identify how personal experiences impact individual attitude formation.
      3. Identify self-perceptions of attitudes and how this may affect professional development as a corrections officer.
      4. Define the concept of affirmative action and the role it plays within the correctional setting.
      5. Understand the concept of individualism and the impact it has on human relation processes.
      6. Identify the problems related to offenders that are HIV positive.
    5. Understand the processes of human relations and the concepts related to maintaining effective human relations.
      1. Define the meaning of diplomacy and how it relates to the field of corrections.
      2. Explain the purpose of negotiation and the role that it has in the area of corrections.
      3. Analyze and understand the importance of proper use of authority in the field of corrections.
      4. Understand the importance and strategies used to reduce conflict in human relations and corrections.
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    7. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    8. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 135W - Correctional Institutions and Facilities

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides an overview of correctional institutions and facilities. Covers topics including the purpose of prisons and correctional institutions, treatment and rehabilitating programs, management and organization of correctional institutions, custodial care, safety and security, and future concerns.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2
     
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Examine and demonstrate an understanding of the basic structure and functions of various types of correctional institutions.
      1. Define the purpose of correctional institutions and prisons
      2. Define the goals of correctional institutions
      3. Differentiate between security levels: maximum, close, medium, minimum
      4. Differentiate and explain the differences between male and female institutions
      5. Explain the difference between prisoner classifications
      6. Describe the standards set by ACA related to classification
      7. List the rights’ of inmates
    2. Analyze and assess the various types of rehabilitation programs offered in correctional institutions.
      1. List the various types of work programs available to correctional institutions
      2. Assess the nature and purpose of institutional rehabilitation programs
      3. Discuss the various types of recreational programs utilized
      4. Explain the nature and function that recreational programs serve
      5. Describe the educational programs utilized in correctional institutions
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the role and function of various correctional personnel.
      1. Describe and differentiate between the roles and functions of the following correctional staff members: warden, assistant warden, deputy warden, deputy, R.U.M., and C.O.
      2. Describe the fiscal management process of correctional institutions
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of legal issues as they pertain to correctional employees
      4. Describe the inmate population in terms of the following demographic characteristics: offenses, education, race & ethnicity, social class, and gender.
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of the nature and role of custodial care in correctional institutions.
      1. Define custodial care
      2. Differentiate between the following types of segregation: administrative segregation, protective custody, and solitary confinement.
      3. List the human concerns related to custodial care
      4. Explain the role of food services in institutions
      5. Describe the clothing requirements for institutions
      6. Explain the medication requirements for institutions
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of the issues and procedures related to safety and security management in institutions.
      1. List the major concerns surrounding safety and security issues in institutions
      2. Describe safety and security procedures as they relate to records
      3. Describe the nature and role of contraband
      4. Describe the nature and purpose of shakedowns
      5. Describe the nature and process of prisoner movement and transporting of inmates
      6. Analyze and assess emergency control issues and procedures
      7. Synthesize all of the above into a comprehensive understanding of the problems and concerns of managing a housing unit
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    7. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    8. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 182W - Introduction to Security

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces the field of security and orients student to career options. Explores origins and development of security, proprietary security, risk analysis, fire protection, safety, internal theft control, insurance cargo security, computer security, institutional security, and the future of security.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 1 or WRITING LEVEL 1
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Gain an overview of the private security occupation and its impact on a free enterprise system.
      1. Briefly describe the evolution of private security.
      2. Cite examples of public / private interface and its legal authority.
      3. Provide an overview of the modern private security operating systems.
    2. Examine basic goals and responsibilities of security.
      1. Explain enhancing security through procedural and physical controls.
      2. Present methods of preventing losses from accidents and emergencies.
      3. Present methods of preventing losses from criminal activity.
      4. Cite necessity of determining computer security services.
    3. Examine concepts utilized when normal prevention methods fail.
      1. Cite various types of investigative functions to solve violations.
      2. Indicate methods of obtaining and providing information for authorities.
      3. Relate principles of presenting effective courtroom testimony.
    4. Examine security systems at work and promote loss prevention through risk management.
      1. Itemize various security strategies for industrial security.
      2. Itemize various security strategies for retail security.
      3. Itemize various security strategies for commercial security.
      4. Itemize various security strategies for institutional security.
    5. Examine the challenges facing the security profession in the last of this century and into the 21st.
      1. Cite rationale for meeting the challenges of violence in the workplace.
      2. Explain rationale for practicing and promoting ethical conduct.
      3. Detail those attributes which make private security a profession.
    6. Gain familiarity with key criminal justice and security vocabulary.
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of the following terms: arrest, arson, authority, bait money, booster box, blind receiving, check kiting, contract services, courier, dead bolts, deposition, Dram shop acts, embezzlement, encryption, ethics, exculpatory clauses, false imprisonment, facsimile, fire triangle, fraud, grand larceny, guard, inference, interrogatories, ionization detectors, keyway, kleptomaniac, negligence, outsourcing, perimeter, prima facie, punitive, proprietary, respondent, sliding, torts, trespassing, vicarious liability, vulnerability.
    7. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    8. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    9. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 187W - Current Issues in Security

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Surveys current issues in security: terrorism, espionage, substance abuse, employee theft, computer vulnerabilities, and protection of information.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 1 or WRITING LEVEL 1
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.    Examine methods for the protection of information after it has been collected, while it is being maintained by the security entity, and the

           disseminating of this information to appropriate individuals authorized to receive it.   

         A.          Cite rules of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, which created specific regulations for private business governing the collection,
                       maintenance, and use of credit information on individuals.

         B.          Provide details of the Code of Fair Information Practice applicable to all automated personal data systems.

         C.          Explain various concepts of the Federal Freedom of Information Act.

         D.          Present information of the Federal Financial Privacy Act, which controls the dissemination of customer information by banks.

    2.    Provide customers and employees with methods to cope with problems of computer vulnerability and/or security.    

         A.          Provide suggestions for confidentiality, the status accorded data that require protection from unauthorized disclosure.

         B.          Cite methods for data integrity, a state wherein the data agree with the source document from which they have been derived and wherein
                       they have not been accidentally or maliciously altered, disclosed, or destroyed.

         C.          Explain concepts of data security - protection of data from accidental or intentional but unauthorized modification, destruction or disclosure.

         D.          Indicate methods of risk analysis - analysis of system assets vulnerabilities to establish an expected loss from certain events based on
                       estimated probabilities of the occurrence of these events.

        E.            Provide detailed contingency plans for emergency responses.

    3. Examine internal threats and appropriate countermeasures to thwart it.

         A.          Determine problems of employee theft.

                      1.    How serious is the problem?

                      2.    Why do employees steal?

                      3.    How do employee steal?

         B.          Suggest management countermeasures: e.g. accountability, accounting, auditing and policy and procedural controls.

         C.          Provide methods for physical security countermeasures such as: access control, locks and keys, alarms, closed-circuit television and other
                       cameras, patrols, safes, vaults and files.

    4.    Be cognizant of substance abuse and associated problems.

         A.          Provide examples of substance abuse; employee who:

                      1.    Abuses prescriptions and counter drugs.

                      2.    Obtains, sells, or uses illegal drugs.

                      3.    Drinks, smokes, and sniffs inappropriate substances in workplace or while off-duty.

                      4.    Steals to support habits.

                      5.    Slows production, makes errors or is consistently absent.

         B.          Examine causes of the substance abuse.

         C.          Cite methods to counter abusive practices within the workplace.

      Outcome 5:    Analyze various methods of espionage utilized by competition as well as foreign entities.    

         A.          Cite necessity of proper screening of applicants.

         B.          Provide methods of testing knowledge as well as psychological.

         C.          Furnish procedure for conducting background investigations.

         D.         Explain polygraph process and its importance.

         E.          Establish safeguards for entrance checks for visitors.

         F.          Provide policy and procedures for non-employee access to site.

         G.         Relate necessity for exit examination of all subjects.

         H.         Cite necessity to constantly upgrade computer and all other security measures.

      Outcome 6:    Examine necessity of providing terrorist protection and/or training to employees of establishment protected by private
                              security.
       

         A.          Analyze entity to ascertain if appropriate terrorist target.

         B.          Provide recommendations for protective methodology.

         C.          Recommend training sites for individual needs.

         D.          Illustrate pre-training and post-training importance.

         E.          Cite need for on-going and up-to-date training.

    7.    Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.

         A.          Document attainment of skills learned.

         B.          Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.

    8.    Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.

         A.          Articulate important ideas.

         B.          Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.

         C.          Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.

         D.          Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.

    9.    Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.

         A.          Analyze course content in written form.

         B.          Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.

  
  • CJ 210W - Introduction to Criminal Investigation

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Introduces criminal investigation procedures: theory of an investigation, conduct at crime scenes, collection and preservation of physical evidence, methods used in police science laboratory, finger prints, ballistics, documents, serology, photography, and related forensic sciences.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives 1.    Trace the evolution of criminal investigation and criminalistics.

         A.          Explain the impact of Agricultural & Industrial Revolutions.

         B.          Discuss the Fieldings and the Bow Street Runners.

         C.          Demonstrate the importance of the Metropolitan Police Act to modern concepts of policing.

         D.         Describe historical milestones of criminalistics.

     2.    Examine crime scene and associated procedures as well as special procedures for physical evidence collection.

         A.         Cite the rules for crime scene investigators to obtain search warrants.

         B.         Demonstrate various techniques of the crime scene search.

         C.         Cite rules for collection, preservation, and marking of evidence.

         D.         Explain procedures of submitting evidence to crime laboratory.

         E.         Discuss importance of sketching and photographing crime scene.

         F.          Differentiate between class and individual characteristics of physical evidence.

                      1.    fingerprints

                      2.    dental, hair, blood

                      3.    human excretions and secretions

                      4.    firearms - tool marks

                      5.    soil, paint and glass

                      6.    questioned documents

    3.    Recognize the importance of interviews by accurate field notes and report writing   

         A.          Explain importance of witness, and realizability of identification.

         B.          Cite various types of witness.

         C.          Explain the qualifications of the interviewer.

         D.          Demonstrate interviewing techniques.

         E.          Describe methods and rationale for documenting the interview.

    4.    Establish the necessity for follow-up investigation and subsequent interrogation.  

         A.          Explain importance of crime analysis/National Crime Information Center (NCIC) and local computer networks.

         B.          Indicate necessity of neighborhood canvass, use of informants and surveillance.

         C.          Cite legal issues and guidelines for line-ups.

         D.          Demonstrate importance of admissibility of confessions and admissions.

         E.          Describe methods of documenting the interrogation.

    5.    Demonstrate the importance of the crime laboratory and it’s impact on major crime investigations.    

         A.          Explain the difference between forensic science and criminalistics.

         B.          Cite the requirements for submission of evidence to FBI and ATF labs.

         C.          Discuss various concepts of injury and death investigation.

         D.          Identify scene, autopsy checklists and medico-legal exams.

         E.          Describe various wounds and special problems of investigator.

         F.          Discuss basic homicide, vehicular and fire deaths investigative methods.

         G.         Discuss sex-related offenses and auto-erotic episodes.

         H.         Discuss crimes against children, Munchausen’s Syndrome By Proxy, incest and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS).

     6.    Establish the procedures for prosecutorial situations, the basic rules of evidence, and the investigator as a witness.    

         A.          Explain the requirements of probable cause.

         B.          Discuss necessity of evaluating the case.

         C.          Explain arrest warrant and other evidentiary concepts including hearsay evidence and the role and types of various witnesses.

    7.    Promote familiarity with key criminal justice and investigatory vocabulary.

         A.          Demonstrate an understanding of the following terms: Henry System, anthropometry, DNA typing, dactylography, criminalistics, ballistics,
                      evidence, corpus delecti, mens rea, actus reus, probable cause, search warrant, latent, odontology, interview, interrogation, confession,
                      admission, revolver / semi-automatic, polygraph, surveillance, forensic, serology, AFIS, Social Network Analysis, cadaver, exhumation,
                      cadaveric spasm, pugilistic pose, rigor mortis, adipocere, post mortem lividity, livor mortis, carrion insects, stellate wounds, ligature,
                      petechial, self - immolation, ingestion, autoerotic, chicken hawks, pedophile, SIDS, asportation, caliber, gauge, theory of transfer, wad,
                      Munchausen’s by Proxy Syndrome.

    8.    Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.

         A.          Document attainment of skills learned.

         B.          Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.

    9.    Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.

         A.          Articulate important ideas.

         B.          Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.

         C.          Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.

         D.         Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.

    10. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.

         A.          Analyze course content in written form.

         B.          Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.

  
  • CJ 211W - Private Security and Investigative Methods

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces private security and investigative methods, including public record searching, surveillance, background investigations, interviewing techniques, fair credit reporting act, computer based investigations and video evidence.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Analyze the conceptual difference between private security and public law enforcement and their relationship with the criminal justice system.
      1. Cite the current laws regulating the private security sector.
      2. Understand the current opportunities in private security.
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of the sources of information available to private security and public law enforcement.
      4. Articulate an understanding of the Miranda rights, as they apply to the private sector.
    2. Analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the significant role of private investigations.
      1. Differentiate between the following types of investigations
        1. Retail investigations
        2. Undercover–pretext
        3. Surveillance
        4. Missing persons–skip-tracing
        5. Interviewing and interrogation
        6. Computer investigations
        7. Domestic investigations
        8. Background investigations
    3. Provide customers and employees with methods to cope with problems of assets protection.
      1. Understand the difference between loss prevention and crime prevention.
      2. Differentiate between loss probability and loss critically.
      3. Demonstrate the ability to produce a loss prevention survey.
      4. Understand the use of psychological and polygraph testing.
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of an investigation.
      1. Understand the initial investigation process.
        1. What happened?
        2. Where did it happen?
        3. When did it happen?
        4. Who was involved?
        5. Why did it happen?
        6. How did it happen?
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of the communication process while conducting an investigation.
      1. Define the various types of communication.
      2. Cite examples of non-verbal communication.
      3. Understand the vocabulary of investigative communication.
      4. Explain the differences between an interview and interrogation.
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of subject.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing and speaking.
      1. Analyze course contact in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
      3. Employ verbal skills of course material.
    8. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of writing, editing, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
  
  • CJ 215W - Introduction to Homeland Security

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Explains the basic concepts of homeland security. Examines domestic and foreign terrorist violence aimed at achieving radical change in society. Explores governmental reaction to homeland security needs and threats against interests of the United States.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Examine the history of homeland security as it evolves from the fields of law enforcement, civil defense, emergency preparedness, and traditional intelligence.
      1. Explain the history and development of the Department of Homeland Security.
      2. Differentiate between public and private security.
      3. Understand the organizational structure of the Department of Homeland Security.
      4. Cite the strategic goals of the Department of Homeland Security.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the various laws involvling Homeland Security.
      1. Analyze the conceptual framework of the United States Patriot Act.
      2. List and define the rights of citizens and non-citizens under the Patriot Act.
      3. Describe and explain due process as it relates to the Patriot Act.
      4. Demonstrate an understanding of current case lase involving homeland security issues.
    3. Ability to analyze the patterns and trends of threats, including methods, modes of preparation for attack, tactics, logistics, hazards, and vulnerabilities.
      1. Distinguish between the varioius types of security threats, hazards, and disasters.
      2. Suggest countermeasures for the varioius threats.
      3. Contrast and comp are the major threats to the United States.
      4. Understand the relevant vocabulary for threat assessment.
    4. Examine the necessity of providing terrorist protection and/or training to employees protected by private security personnel.
      1. Analyze entity to ascertain if appropriate terrorist target.
      2. Provide recommendations for protective methodology.
      3. Recommend training sites for individual needs.
      4. Illustrate pre-training and post-training importance.
      5. Cite need for on-going and up-to-date training.
    5. Appreciation of the need to break down the barriers between intelligence agencies, law enforcement, the private sector, and average citizens.
      1. Explain the methods of communication to distribute intelligence data to the various organizations.
      2. Cite methods of intelligence integrity, a state wherein the data agree with the source which they have been derived.
      3. Examine the various inter-agency vocabulary involving homeland security.
    6. Demonstrate the abiltiy to understand the protection of the various critical infrastructures, and how to plan for effective recovery.
      1. Define the farious infrastructures including: food and watersystems, agriculture, health systems and emergency services, information and telecommunication systems, banking and finance, energy (electrical, nuclear, gas, oil, and dams), transportation systems, the chemical and defense industries, postal and shipping entitites, national monuments and icons.
      2. Understand the steps to ensure the protection of high risk targets.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in coherent writing style.
    8. Write and speak effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use of appropriate vocabulary for audience and purpose.
  
  • CJ 220W - Crime Laboratory Techniques

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Introduces scientific criminal investigation and criminalistics: proper handling and transmittal of evidence to the crime laboratory, laboratory aids that are available, and understanding of the probabilities related to examination of physical evidence.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2 and CJ 210W  with a “C” or better
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 15
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Examine the definition, scope, history and development of Forensic science, and the organizational considerations of a crime laboratory.
      1. Describe various services available at a crime laboratory.
      2. Enumerate functions of a forensic scientist.
      3. Explain the organization of a crime laboratory.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the necessity of proper crime scene investigation, to insure preservation of society’s safety, and constitutional rights of suspect are protected.
      1. Explain crime scene procedures for collecting, photographing, marking and preservation of evidence.
      2. Cite need for legal considerations at crime scene.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the recognition of physical evidence including organic, inorganic analysis utilizing microscope and other methods.
      1. Identify common types of evidence and their significance.
      2. Discuss various types of fingerprints and explain methods of processing crime scene to retrieve evidence.
      3. Examine physical properties of glass fragments and various types of fractures.
      4. Cite certain forensic characteristics of soil and their collection and preservation.
      5. Explain the process for selecting analytical technique for organic analysis of elements and compounds.
      6. Describe various types of inorganic evidence and the proper examination by various types of instrumentation.
    4. Demonstrate an awareness of the rationale and methodology for crime scene sketching, photography, and exposure to darkroom techniques with appropriate written explanations.
      1. Make scale drawing of a mock crime scene.
      2. Photograph entire scene with articles of evidence.
      3. Discuss necessity of accurate developing procedures.
      4. Demonstrate appropriate methods of marking evidence for future courtroom identification.
    5. Demonstrate special methods for conducting arson and explosive investigations.
      1. Explain chemistry of destruction at fires and explosions and securing residue for laboratory analysis.
      2. Discuss importance of scientific examination of evidentiary residue and subsequent court presentations.
    6. Discuss the development of present forensic discoveries and the future of forensic science and criminalistics.
      1. Discuss forensic serology, importance and nature of blood evidence and other body fluids.
      2. Present information citing the necessity of DNA analysis and it’s importance.
      3. Cite the need for computer knowledge and the importance of AFIS and other computer assisted investigatory methods.
    7. Demonstrate an understanding of appropriate crime laboratory terminology.
      1. Define the following terms: Anthropometry, caliber,class characteristics, depressant, DNA, ejector, extractor, gauge, Individual characteristics, latent fingerprint, livor mortis, narcotic, physical evidence, plasma, plastic fingerprint, post mortem lividity, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), rigor mortis, secretor, serum, stimulant.
    8. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    9. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    10. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 233W - Criminology/Client Growth and Development

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Explores the various factors involved in the development and growth of the criminal. Discusses the biological, environmental, and psychological influences. Reviews specific problems such as sexual, substance abuse and medical disorders. Explores intervention strategies.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Compare and contrast the differences between deviant, delinquent, criminal, and conventional behaviors as defined by society and the law.
      1. Define deviant behavior, delinquent, criminal, and conventional behavior.
      2. Describe how crime is measured in our society.
      3. List, analyze, and understand the importance of the factors (variables) used to conduct research in the area of criminology.
      4. Understand the differences between folkways, mores, and crime.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of the conceptual frameworks of criminological theories used to explain crime.
      1. Define what a theory is and the role theories play in the social sciences.
      2. Differentiate between the following types of criminological theories: Biological, Psychological, Social Structure, Social Process, Social Reaction, Gang theories.
      3. demonstrate an understanding of the impact that social institutions have on criminal behavior (e.g.; family, school, & legal systems).
    3. Demonstrate understanding of the human developmental processes related to criminal patterns of behavior.
      1. Trace the development of the juvenile offender.
      2. Trace the development of young adult offenders.
      3. Understand the aging-out process.
      4. Identify the social, economical, and biological factors that contribute to criminal behavior.
    4. Identify specific problems associated with or experienced by offenders.
      1. Explain specific problems related to specific offender populations.
      2. Describe the role that substance abuse plays in criminality.
      3. Understand the problems encountered by sexual offenders.
      4. Understand the problems that are presented by the elderly offender.
      5. Identify and understand the problems presented by gangs.
      6. Identify the problems related to offenders that are HIV positive.
    5. Demonstrate understanding of the purposes of various types of intervention strategies.
      1. Differentiate between probation, parole, and incarceration.
      2. Explain the purpose of treatment strategies.
      3. Understand the different methods of treatment that may be used such as individual or group therapy, drug counseling, and psychiatric treatment.
      4. Understand the consequences of the lack rehabilitation and its impact on the criminal justice system and society as a whole. Synthesize all of the above objectives and understand the role that each one of these plays in the rehabilitation of the offender.
    6. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    7. Write effectively for a specific purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    8. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 237W - Jails & Local Detention

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Explains the operations of jails and local detention facilities and their unique role in the criminal justice system. Covers Michigan jail and lockup operations, as well as their organization, management, and emerging issues confronting American jails. Reviews differences in jails and prisons regarding operations and differing clienteles.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2 and CJ 110W  or CJ 130W  with a “C” or better
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe the role of the jail in the criminal justice system.
      1. Trace the development of American jails and detention
      2. Trace the process through the courts from arrest to sentencing
      3. Distinguish between prisons, jails and lock-ups
      4. Contrast the jail’s custodial model with the correctional models of rehabilitation, reintegration and punishment
      5. Differentiate between 1st, 2nd and 3rd generation jails
      6. Explain the consequences of overcrowding
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the various jail clientele.
      1. Explain some sociological and psychological causes of criminal behavior
      2. Discuss issues relating to the male offender
      3. Discuss issues relating to the female offender
      4. Identify particular issues concerning the following special category offenders:
        1. Juveniles
        2. Suicidal inmates
        3. Sex offenders
        4. Elderly and disabled offenders
        5. Substance abusers
        6. Developmentally-disabled offenders
        7. Mentally-ill offenders
        8. Gang-affiliated offenders
        9. HIV-infected offenders
    3. Discuss jail management and operational issues.
      1. Explain management styles and the chain of command
      2. Describe the duties of custodial and security personnel
      3. Discuss the duties of treatment personnel
      4. Understand and discuss the following major issues in jail security:
        1. Security and control
        2. External and perimeter security
        3. Prisoner transportation
        4. Internal security (The count, Housing unit management, Internal prisoner movement, Searches and contraband control)
        5. Special item controls (Keys, Tools, Medical items, Food service items, Use of force, Firearms, Gas, Restraints and unarmed force)
        6. Emergency plans and procedures (Riots, disturbances & hostages, Fires, Natural disasters, Escapes)
      5. Understand and discuss the following legal issues and prisoners’ rights:
        1. Medical care
        2. Personal and property searches
        3. Cruel and unusual punishment
        4. Due process
        5. Communications and religion
        6. Federal laws
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of other major issues in local corrections.
      1. Analyze common ethical dilemmas in local corrections.
      2. Learn and apply basic principles of report writing.
      3. Explain the conceptual partnership between jails and community-based sanctions.
    5. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    6. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 238W - Legal Issues in Corrections

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Studies the primary legal issues correctional personnel will be entrusted to enforce and safeguard. Covers an overview of U.S. Constitutional law, the court process from arrest through trial, the structure and function of the S.S. and state courts, and prisoner rights.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 and WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of the American judicial system’s foundations.
      1. List and define the Bill of Rights
      2. Demonstrate and understanding of search and seizure laws
      3. Define cruel and unusual punishment
      4. Explain the nature and role of search warrants
      5. Describe how and why warrants are issued
      6. Distinguish between State & Federal laws
      7. Explain the concept of incorporation and the significance of the 14th Amendment
      8. Synthesize all of the above into a comprehensive understanding of the concept of due process of law
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of court processes as they relate to criminal cases.
      1. Describe the mechanics of the arrest process
      2. Explain the arraignment process
      3. Explain the purpose of the preliminary exam
      4. Demonstrate an understanding of the conditions of pre-trial release and diversion
      5. Explain the trial process
      6. Explain the sentencing process
      7. Explain appeals process
      8. Synthesize all of the above and be able to trace the path of a criminal case through the court process.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of Local, State, and Federal Court Systems.
      1. Differentiate between the role and function of the following:
        1. Administrative law
        2. Procedural law
        3. Substantive law
        4. Civil courts
        5. Trial courts
        6. Criminal courts
        7. Local, state & federal courts
      2. Define and differentiate between the various types of jurisdiction.
      3. Describe the structure and function of the federal court system including District, Appeals, and the Supreme Court.
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of the legal rights of correctional inmates.
      1. List the constitutional rights of the offender.
      2. Describe remedies available for alleged violations of inmates’ rights.
      3. Define the purpose and function of:
        1. Writ habeas corpus
        2. Writ of certiorari
        3. Writ of mandamus
      4. Explain the purpose and function of court orders.
      5. Differentiate between due process & institutional due process.
      6. Demonstrate and understanding of Section 42, 1983.
      7. Define staff negligence.
      8. Analyze and assess recent court cases related to prisoner lawsuits and Section 42.
      9. Synthesize all of the above and demonstrate an understanding of the ethical and legal responsibilities of correctional personnel.
    5. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    6. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 250 - Juvenile Justice

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Studies theories of causation as applied to juvenile delinquency. Examines the work of youth agencies. Explains Michigan Juvenile Law and constitutional safeguards for juveniles. Reviews new development in the prevention of juvenile crime.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the elements that make up the juvenile justice system.
      1. Define juvenile delinquency.
      2. Describe how crime is measured in our society.
      3. List and analyze the factors (variables) used to conduct research in the area of delinquency.
      4. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical origins of the juvenile court.
      5. Explain the legal and philosophical foundations of the court.
      6. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of the juvenile court, both past and present.
      7. Contrast and compare historical and contemporary juvenile court philosophies.
      8. Differentiate between status offenses, delinquent acts, and criminal acts.
    2. Analyze the conceptual frameworks of criminologist theories used to explain crime.
      1. Define what theory is and how theories are constructed.
      2. Demonstrate an understanding of the leading theories related to juvenile crime.
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of the impact that social institutions have on delinquent behavior
      4. Apply appropriate theoretical constructs in order to explain delinquency.
    3. Analyze the significance of landmark court cases.
      1. Describe and assess the significance of leading court cases related to the juvenile system.
      2. Explain the significance of recent case law and its effect on the juvenile system.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of the juvenile court system.
      1. Describe the major components of the juvenile court process
      2. Explain the differences between the varying punishment and rehabilitative methods within the juvenile court system.
      3. Describe what happens during a preliminary hearing.
      4. Explain how a juvenile case is processed through the juvenile court system.
  
  • CJ 270W - Evidence and Criminal Procedure

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Studies the rules of evidence as it affects the criminal justice process. Includes an overview of criminal procedure as it pertains to the rules of arrest, search, and seizure, which regulate law enforcement, and protects citizen’s rights of privacy and presumed innocence.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2 and any one course from the Criminal Justice Discipline or any POL 103W , POL 105W  , or POL 212W  course with a “C” or better or permission of instructor
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe the United States Supreme Court, Appellate courts, and other Federal Court systems.
      1. Cite various levels of state courts and their specific responsibilities.
      2. Describe various aspects of the adversary system and the individual roles of the participants.
      3. Relate pretrial procedures including:
        1. Grand jury
        2. Information system
        3. Preliminary examination
        4. Arraignment
        5. Bail
    2. Examine the judge/jury trial and those features that are an integral part.
      1. Explain all facets of the judge/jury trial including jury deliberations.
      2. Relate those legal factors that affect rules of evidence.
      3. Explain concept of reasonable doubt / judicial notice.
      4. Cite difference between relevance and materiality.
      5. Define concept of circumstantial evidence.
      6. Differentiate between arrest, search, and seizure with appropriate rule.
      7. Cite appropriate Supreme Court decisions as they relate to guilt or innocence.
    3. Analyze the conceptual differences as they relate to interrogations, confessions, and non-testimonial evidence.
      1. Define interrogation v. interview.
      2. Cite requirements of the Miranda warning.
      3. Explain concept of eyewitness identification.
      4. Relate methods of conducting lineups and Wade decision.
      5. Explain legal requirements for use of photographs.
      6. Relate rules of blood and breath samples as well as other physiological measurements and evidence.
    4. Analyze procedures to conduct examination of diverse witnesses.
      1. Demonstrate methods of examining witnesses.
      2. Define concept of competency of witness.
      3. Explain differences between Adversary versus Inquisitorial System.
      4. Define concept of self-serving declarations.
      5. Cite rules of witness’ use of memorandum or records.
      6. Define methods for impeachment of witnesses.
      7. Demonstrate methods for cross-examination of witnesses.
      8. Cite rules for giving opinion evidence.
      9. Explain hearsay rules of evidence and its exceptions.
    5. Demonstrate the methods of presenting various types of exhibits and other types of evidence.
      1. Cite methodology to document evidence in general.
      2. Explain Best and Secondary Evidence Rule.
      3. Describe regulations for presentation of routine physical evidence.
      4. Define scientific evidence and rules pertaining to:
        1. Firearms & ballistics / tool marks
        2. Forensic pathology, toxicology and chemistry
        3. Serology, narcotics and drugs
        4. Fingerprints, questioned documents & microanalysis
        5. Neutron activation analysis
        6. Polygraph and voiceprints
      5. Relate necessity and methods of collection, preservation and custody of evidence.
    6. Presentation of sentencing concepts.
      1. Describe the Rule of Sentencing.
      2. Explain concept of Judicial Discretion.
      3. Relate significance of sentencing disparity.
      4. Present necessity of conducting pre-sentence investigation.
    7. Analyze and demonstrate and understanding of landmark cases.
      1. Describe and assess the significance of each of the following court cases:
        1. Escobedo v. Illinois, 378 U.S. (1964)
        2. Furman v. Georgia, 408 U.S. 238 (1972)
        3. Gideon v. Wainwright, 392 U.S. 335 (1963)
        4. Katz v. U.S. 389 U.S. 347 (1967)
        5. Mapp v. Ohio U.S. 643 (1961)
        6. Miranda v. Arizona, 348 U.S. (1966)
        7. Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. (1968)
    8. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    9. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    10. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 271W - Criminal Law

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Examines elements and proof in crime of frequent concerns in law enforcement with reference to principal rules of criminal liability. Considers importance of criminal law at the enforcement level, from crime prevention to courtroom appearance.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2 and any one course from the Criminal Justice Discipline or any POL 103W , POL 105W  , or POL 212W  course with a “C” or better or permission of the instructor
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Assess critically the role of the substantive criminal law in American society.
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of law, the rule of law, and of a government of laws, not men.
      2. Apply these concepts in concrete situations, and be able to give examples of their application.
      3. Distinguish between civil law (or civil cases) and criminal law, and demonstrate an understanding of the policy rationales for the differences.
      4. Analyze the four basic theories of punishment.
      5. Apply this analysis to the various crimes that will be examined during the course, and assess the effectiveness of the penalties imposed by law for these crimes in light of the four theories.
    2. Analyze the major sources of American criminal law and demonstrate an understanding of their interconnectedness.
      1. Explain the role of statutory law and how this genre has developed from the broad, vague pronouncements of early statutes to modern statutes replete with definitions and specificity.
      2. Contrast the common law approach to that of statutory law and explain how common law is made through court decisions and how concepts such as stare decisis and precedent.
      3. Describe the growing role of administrative law in our system.
      4. Analyze the limiting effect of constitutional law on the other components of the legal system, including such concepts as ex post facto, over breadth, vagueness, and the First Amendment.
      5. Synthesize all of the above into a coherent system of law, with emphasis on the interconnectedness of the various components.
    3. Apply core concepts of the substantive criminal law to a variety of criminal offenses.
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of criminal intent (mens rea) and how it applies in each of the specific offenses studied.
      2. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of a criminal act (actus reus) and how it applies in each of the criminal offenses studied.
      3. Recognize causation issues when they arise in the study of criminal offenses.
      4. Apply the concept of “elements” to each of the specific criminal offenses studied.
    4. Relate the concepts developed above to the law of homicide.
      1. Demonstrate knowledge of the elements of the various homicide offenses ranging form 1st degree murder to negligent homicide.
      2. Apply this knowledge of various real and hypothetical fact situations.
      3. Recognize constitutional issues as they arise in this context.
      4. Distinguish criminal from noncriminal homicides and assess the policy reasons for the distinctions.
    5. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    6. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 275W - Probation and Parole

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Examines the process of probation and parole. Emphasizes management and supervision of individuals involved in the probation and parole process including interviewing, counseling techniques, and preparing court reports such as progress reports and pre-sentence investigations.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2 or WRITING LEVEL 2 and CJ 130W  with a “C” or better.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Examine and understand societal responses to crime and criminal typologies.
      1. Trace the historical origins and goals of punishment.
      2. Examine and analyze the ideological bases for societal responses to crime and punishment, both historically and from a contemporary perspective.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the scope and functions of probation and parole.
      1. Describe the purpose and function of probation and parole.
      2. Describe the types and conditions of probation and parole.
      3. List the types of probation and parole violations that may lead to revocation.
      4. Describe the problems encountered by parolees.
      5. Assess, analyze, and contrast the effectiveness of probation and parole.
      6. Explain the contemporary issues surrounding probation and parole.
      7. Demonstrate an understanding of pre-sentence investigations.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the decision-making process of probation and parole.
      1. Describe the role of trial courts in the decision-making process.
      2. Identify and describe the role and function of the probation officer.
      3. Describe the different counseling techniques used in probation and parole.
      4. Describe the political, economical, and social problems encountered by the court system and the effects they have on the decision-making process.
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of the key concepts and terms related to probation and parole.
      1. The student will be able to define each one of the following concepts or terms associated with probation and parole: determinate sentencing, good time, V.O.P, work release, reintegration, community service, residential treatment, community-based corrections, revocation, parole board, PSI, recidivism, halfway house, case management, restitution, victimology, sentencing guidelines, rehabilitation, indeterminate sentencing, John Augustus, dispositional hearing, banishment, retribution, deterrence.
    5. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    6. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 280W - Internship in Criminal Justice

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Field placement in a criminal justice setting (police department, court, juvenile center, etc.). An attempt will be made to find field education placements compatible with students’ interests and agency needs.

    Prerequisite(s): Minimum 15 credits Criminal Justice courses and permission of faculty.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 10 Lab Hours: 160
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Be introduced to a police agency of their choice for field-service training.
      1. Make contact with a law enforcement entity to be accepted as an intern.
      2. Submit necessary documentation to the agency relative to their background and criminal record as well as driving record and fingerprints.
      3. Conclude an agreeable working schedule with the agency’s liaison to the satisfaction both student and agency.
      4. Submit copy of work schedule to intern coordinator.
      5. Present signed acceptance agreement of agency to educational institution.
    2. Provide coordinator with appropriate documentation and receive detailed information of responsibilities while engaged in intern undertaking.
      1. Provide to intern coordinator:
        1. Signed intern acceptance sheet from host agency including tentative work schedule.
        2. Proof of official Delta registration to class.
    3. Relate specific assignments to fulfill intern course responsibilities.
      1. Complete each tour of duty as assigned by the agency.
      2. Maintain strict confidence of all information gleaned while in agency.
      3. Provide a detailed log of each day’s activities and assignments.
      4. Present an evaluation paper of intern program and their experiences while serving in that capacity.
      5. Submit all required papers prior to the last day of the summer semester.
    4. Fulfill responsibilities incurred while serving as an intern.
      1. Honor all subpoenas received as a result of intern duties and observations.
      2. Present information as required to appropriate official investigative agencies which might result from incidents occurring during intern service.
    5. Perform writing tasks to promote learning of concepts.
      1. Document attainment of skills learned.
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of the subject.
    6. Write effectively for a specific audience and purpose.
      1. Articulate important ideas.
      2. Select, organize, and present details to support a main idea.
      3. Employ conventions of written, edited, standard English (WESE) or the language of instruction.
      4. Use appropriate vocabulary for the audience and purpose.
    7. Demonstrate the learning of concepts through writing.
      1. Analyze course content in written form.
      2. Explain the subject matter in a coherent writing style.
  
  • CJ 290-299 - Special Projects in Criminal Justice

    Credits: 0-4
    Meets MTA Requirement: None

Cyber Security Investigation

  
  • CSI 110W - Introduction to Cybercrime Investigations

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Introduces the concepts of cybersecurity, cybercrime, and digital forensic analysis within the civil and criminal justice systems.  Provides foundational knowledge of the concepts for cybersecurity and forensic examinations utilizing a non-technical approach geared towards any discipline.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of the rules, laws, policies, and procedures that affect cybercrime
    2. Demonstrate understanding of the basic cybersecurity and digital forensics terms and concepts.
    3. Describe the common legal issues related to electronic evidence.
    4. Explain how the Fourth Amendment pertains to cybercrime investigations.
    5. Describe appropriate procedures for computer search and seizure.
    6. Describe the generally accepted computer forensic techniques.
    7. Describe current issues in cybercrime and cybersecurity.
  
  • CSI 120W - Digital Forensics I

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Examines theory and practices of digital forensics, including: sound forensic procedures, evidence handling, how to create and verify a forensic copy, identification of file and system types, data carving, manual recovery of files, and performance of logical and physical analysis. Credit may be earned in CSI 120W or CST 267  but not both.

    Prerequisite(s): CSI 110W  and CST 133W , both with a grade of “C” or better.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate the proper use of forensic software.
      1. Use data carving.
      2. Create forensic images.
      3. Analyze forensic images.
    2. Perform the steps in a digital investigation.
      1. Demonstrate evidence gathering,
      2. Demonstrate preservation of digital information.
      3. Analyze information from a digital investigation.
      4. Describe the role of digital investigation from obtaining evidence through the completion of legal proceedings.
    3. Write professional quality reports.
      1. Discuss in the report technical procedures used in the investigation.
      2. Provide a summary report.
      3. Produce a notes section.
    4. Identify major file system components.
    5. Demonstrate the ability to recover deleted files.
    6. Identify important file metadata and their use in a forensic investigation.
    7. Identify components of the Windows Registry, as well as the hives comprising it.
    8. Perform a forensic investigation on a forensic image.
      1. Use various tools to recover evidence.
      2. Produce a report documenting the investigation.
  
  • CSI 220W - Digital Forensics II

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Develops skills in the theory behind forensic procedures, including: imaging, authentication, examination of Windows file systems, partitioning, and the registry hive. Provides an introduction to mobile device, SSD, and cloud based forensics.

    Prerequisite(s): CSI 110W  and CSI 120W  both with a grade of “C” or better.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate how to image a physical device.
      1. Acquire a valid forensic image.
      2. Verify forensic image using several one-way cryptographic hashes.
    2. Identify system structures.
      1. Identify the components of the NTFS file system.
      2. Identify the MFT and its components.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of various file systems or media concepts.
      1. Demonstrate an  understanding of  allocated vs unallocated spaces.
      2. Analyze slack space.
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of sectors vs. clusters.
      4. Demonstrate an understanding of partitioning schemes.
    4. Identify forensic issues with mobile devices and their operating systems.
    5. Utilize various programs to recover data from a smartphone.
    6. Interrogate third-party applications for digital evidence.
    7. Demonstrate how to work with locked or encrypted devices, applications, or containers.
    8. Identify issues associated with forensic investigations of solid state drives.
    9. Apply forensic concepts to the preservations of cloud-based storage.
  
  • CSI 230W - Network Forensics

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Develops skills in security incidents and intrusions, including: identifying and categorizing incidents, responding to incidents, log analysis, malware analysis, capturing volatile information, network traffic analysis, honeypots, honeynets, open source tools for incident response, creating an incident response team, and ethics in a digital investigation. 

    Prerequisite(s): CSI 110W   with a grade of “C” or better.
    Corequisite(s): CST 152  , CST 153  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify INFOSEC principles.
      1. Identify various types of incidents.
      2. Describe investigative steps.
      3. Describe possible outcomes.
    2. Perform analysis of real malware.
    3. Recover volatile information from a running computer or network.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of steganography.
      1. Describe steganography.
      2. Identify a stego file.
      3. Recover a hidden message.
    5. Identify procedures used in network forensics.
    6. Identify major components of TCP/IP.
    7. Use a network monitoring tool (Wireshark) to identify normal and abnormal traffic.
      1. Identify a syn scans.
      2. Identify password guessing.
      3. Identify downloading of protected intellectual property.
      4. Identify injection.
      5. Identify buffer overflow.
    8. Identify differences between network intrusion detection systems.
    9. Demonstrate understanding of a honeypot.
    10. Perform an incident response on a live system.
      1. Identify evidence from log files.
      2. Identify evidence from emails
      3. Identify evidence from system configuration files.
  
  • CSI 240W - Digital Investigations

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Examines how to effectively use the Internet as an Open Source Investigation and Research tool. Conducts effective online investigations and efficiently generates intelligence by utilizing valuable open sources.

    Prerequisite(s): READING LEVEL 2.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: Yes

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Configure browsers to ensure privacy and security during the investigative process.
    2. Identify methods to maintain anonymity while navigating.
    3. Conduct advanced searches through different search engines or methodologies.
    4. Utilize investigative methods to exploit major social media platforms for intelligence gathering.
    5. Identify methods to uncover clues from emails, telephone numbers or user names.
    6. Apply basic knowledge of the Dark Web.
    7. Demonstrate how to investigate websites or IP addresses.

Dental Assisting

  
  • DA 106W - Infection Control

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Introduces principles of the control of infectious diseases in the dental environment. Presents OSHA, MIOSHA, Hazard Control, and Delta College Infection Control Protocol. Introduces basic microbiology.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; Any approved College Composition I; and any COM 112W  or COM 114W , with a “C” (2.0) or better in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 113W  and DA 117W  
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify basic microbial groups and their effect on infection control.
      1. Discuss the contribution of early pioneers in microbiology.
      2. Describe and explain the importance of studying microbiology from a dental assistant’s viewpoint.
      3. Identify the types of bacteria and their shapes.
      4. List the major groups of microorganisms.
      5. Compare the differences between aerobes, anaerobes, and facultative anaerobes.
      6. Identify various infectious diseases.
      7. Identify the most resistant form of life known and explain how it survives.
      8. Compare viruses with bacteria and give examples of each.
      9. Discuss specificity in relation to viruses.
      10. Compare prions with viruses and bacteria.
    2. Explain the transmission of diseases and the means to control them.
      1. Describe the differences between chronic infection and an acute infection.
      2. Describe the types of immunity and give examples of each.
      3. Give an example of a latent infection.
      4. Identify the links in the chain of infection.
      5. Describe the methods of disease transmission in the dental environment.
      6. Describe the components of an OSHA/MIOSHA Exposure Control Plan.
      7. Review the current OSHA/MIOSHA regulations obtained online.
      8. Explain the rational for universal standard precautions.
      9. Identify the categories of risk for occupational exposure.
      10. Describe the first aid necessary after an exposure incident.
      11. Discuss the rational for Hepatitis B vaccination for dental staff.
      12. Explain the importance of hand care for dental assistants.
      13. Discuss and demonstrate the types of personal protective equipment (PPE) needed for dental staff.
      14. Identify the various types of gloves used in a dental office.
      15. Explain the types and symptoms of latex reactions.
    3. Explain the aspects of disinfection.
      1. Explain why dental treatment room surfaces need barriers or disinfection.
      2. List the types of surfaces in the dental office typically covered with barriers.
      3. Describe the two methods to deal with surface contamination.
      4. Explain the differences between disinfection and sterilization.
      5. Explain the difference between a disinfectant and an antiseptic.
      6. Name the government agency that is responsible for registering disinfectants.
      7. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of various disinfectants.
      8. Identify chemical products used as disinfectants.
      9. Explain the process of cleaning and disinfecting a treatment room.
      10. Explain the process of pre-cleaning contaminated dental instruments.
    4. Explain the aspects of instrument processing and sterilization.
      1. Discuss the seven steps in processing dental instruments.
      2. Describe the three most common methods of heat sterilization and the advantages and disadvantages of each.
      3. Understand the precautions necessary when packaging materials for sterilization.
      4. Describe the steps in sterilization of the high-speed dental handpiece.
      5. Explain the differences between process indicators and process integrators.
      6. Describe the methods of biological monitoring.
      7. Explain the primary disadvantage of flash sterilization.
      8. Explain how sterilization failures can occur.
      9. Explain the limitation of chemical liquid sterilants.
      10. Describe the classification of instrument use to determine the type of processing.
      11. Explain the purpose of a holding solution.
      12. Understand the safety precautions necessary when operating an ultrasonic cleaner.
    5. Describe the regulatory and advisory agencies’ role in infection control.
      1. Explain the difference between regulations and recommendations.
      2. Identify four professional sources for dental information.
      3. Name the premier infection control educaitonal organization in dentistry.
      4. Identify and compare the roles of the CDC, EPA, NIOSH, OSHA, MIOSHA, OSAP, FDA, and ADA concerning infection control.
    6. Explain chemical and waste management in the dental environment.
      1. Describe potential long-term and short-term effects of exposure to chemicals.
      2. Explain the components of the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.
      3. Describe three common methods of chemical exposure.
      4. Describe the components of a hazard communication program.
      5. Explain the purpose of a material safety data sheet.
      6. Explain labeling of secondary container.
      7. Describe the difference between chronic and acute chemical exposure.
      8. Identify four methods of personal protection against chemical exposure.
      9. Describe how various chemicals should be stored.
      10. Discuss the record keeping requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard.
      11. Identify types of handling of regulated and toxic waste generated in a dental office.
    7. Identify methods to reduce contamination of dental unit waterlines.
      1. Discuss why dental units have more bacteria than faucets.
      2. Explain the role of biofilm in dental unit waterline (DUWL) contamination.
      3. List the factors in bacterial contamination of dental unit water.
      4. Identify the primary source of microorganisms in dental unit water.
      5. Discuss the methods to reduce bacterial contamination in dental unit waterlines.
    8. Apply basic infection control procedures required for patient contact consistent with published guidelines.
      1. Demonstrate hand hygiene technique.
      2. Demonstrate donning PPE.
      3. Demonstrate Pre- and Post-patient treatment room procedures .
      4. Prepare instruments for reprocessing.
      5. Sterilize specific instruments.
  
  • DA 110 - Clinical Dental Assisting

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides the opportunity to explore the skills and knowledge for general chairside clinical procedures.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; any approved College Composition I; and COM 112W  or COM 114W , with a “C” (2.0) or better in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 110LW , and DA 114W  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Explain the responsibilities of the members of the dental health profession.
      1. Identify the objectives of dentistry.
      2. Identify the members of the dental health team.
      3. Describe the role of each member of the dental health team.
      4. Describe the background of the dentist and the dental auxiliaries.
      5. Identify each of the dental specialties.
      6. Define the agencies for Certification and Registration for the Dental Assistant.
      7. Describe advanced functions.
      8. Identify acronyms common to the dental profession.
      9. Identify the factors or programs that influenced changes in dentistry.
      10. Define the purpose of the American Dental Assistants’ Association.
      11. Describe the evolution of education for the dental assistant.
    2. Describe the components of a modern dental office.
      1. Identify the factors that determine dental office design.
      2. Describe the basic floor plan of a dental suite.
      3. Explain the function of each room in the dental suite.
    3. State the principle of four-handed dentistry.
      1. Explain the concept of advanced functions in relation to four-handed dentistry.
      2. Describe the benefits of four-handed dentistry.
      3. Explain positive phrases for implementing four-handed dentistry.
      4. Identify the principle of motion economy.
      5. Identify classifications of motion.
      6. Explain the concept of “see ability” in dentistry as it relates to ergonomics.
    4. Describe the utilization of a mirror intraorally.
      1. Explain the use of a dental mirror intraorally.
      2. Establish a fulcrum while using a mirror in various areas of the oral cavity.
    5. Describe the isolation techniques used to decrease moisture.
      1. Explain the function of a high velocity evacuation system.
      2. Explain how the HVE system can aid in reducing aerosols in a dental clinic environment.
    6. Describe the functions of instruments.
      1. Identify the parts of a dental instrument.
      2. Explain the G.B. Black instrument nomenclature.
      3. Classify dental instruments according to use.
      4. Identify basic dental instruments and functions.
    7. Describe the utilization of rotary instruments.
      1. Describe the function of rotary devices used in dentistry today.
      2. Explain the use of a water coolant system in conjunction with dental hand pieces.
      3. Identify burs and their functions.
    8. Explain the importance of instrument exchange in four-handed dentistry procedures.
      1. Describe the various instrument grasps.
      2. Identify basic types of instrument exchanges used at chair-side.
      3. Explain the step-by-step procedure for common instrument exchange.
      4. Identify the responsibility of the dentist and dental assistant during instrument exchange.
    9. Describe the acquisition of vital signs.
      1. Explain the importance and the process of taking the four vital signs taken in the dental office.
      2. Describe how metabolism affects a patient’s vital signs.
      3. List the common pulse sites for taking a pulse.
      4. Describe the characteristics of the pulse that you would look for in taking a pulse.
      5. Describe the characteristics of respiration and how they affect a patient’s breathing.
      6. Discuss the best way to obtain accurate readings of respiration.
    10. Discuss drugs as they relate to dentistry.
      1. Give the definition for a drug.
      2. Discuss current drug legislation.
      3. Define the terms trade name, generic name, and generic equivalent.
      4. List the sources of accurate drug information.
      5. Define and discuss drug interaction, reactions, and effects.
      6. Describe the parts of a prescription.
      7. Describe Dental Assistant’s responsibilities for drugs used in dental practice.
      8. Discuss the dental assistant’s responsibilities when an emergency occurs.
      9. Discuss important areas of patient education.
      10. Take a drug and allergy history.
      11. List and discus the types of drugs used in dentistry.
    11. Describe the dental assistant’s role in oral diagnosis and charting.
      1. Describe the process of oral diagnosis.
      2. Describe the importance of a complete personal and medical history.
      3. Explain the need to update a patient’s personal and medical history.
      4. Describe the use of consent forms, radiographs, laboratory studies, study models, and photographs in clinical evaluation.
      5. List the data necessary for a complete dental clinical examination.
      6. Describe common laboratory reports.
      7. Describe the reason for the development of a treatment plan and the process of a case presentation.
    12. Describe the purpose for the use of topical and local anesthetic.
      1. Explain the different types of topical and local anesthesia and indications for use.
      2. Describe the types of anesthesia and application in dentistry.
      3. Explain the components of local anesthesia and the effect of each on the human body.
    13. Explain the utilization of matrices and wedges.
      1. Define and identify various types of matrix and their usage.
      2. Define and identify various types of wedges and their usage.
    14. Explain the utilization of cavity liners and bases.
      1. Classify cavity preparation according to their relationships with pulp.
      2. Explain the different options for protecting the pulp with cavity liners and bases.
      3. Describe the purpose of using cavity liners and bases.
      4. List types of materials used for bases and liners.
    15. State the rationale for a sedative restoration.
      1. Identify the cavity preparation that can and cannot successfully receive a sedative restoration.
      2. Identify the commonly used sedative restoration materials.
      3. Identify post-op instruction.
    16. Explain the procedural steps of a dental amalgam restoration.
      1. Describe the use of amalgam as a restorative material.
      2. Review the G. B. Black cavity preparation.
      3. Describe the steps of a cavity preparation.
      4. Identify and explain the phases of an amalgam procedure.
    17. Explain a composite restorative procedure.
      1. Identify the armamentarium and materials used in the composite resin restorative procedure.
      2. Describe the function of each instrument used during the procedures.
      3. Explain the procedural steps for a composite restoration. 
  
  • DA 110LW - Clinical Dental Assisting I Lab

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 8

    Provides the opportunity for application of clinical techniques. Implements OSHA’s practical skills.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; any approved College Composition I; and COM 112W  or COM 114W ,with a “C” (2.0) or better in in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 110 , and DA 114W .
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 120
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate an understanding of procedures in the dental lab.
      1. Explain the concept of team dentistry.
      2. Discuss general laboratory procedures.
      3. Identify basic dental equipment.
      4. Describe the process of hand preparation for aseptic techniques.
    2. Simulate the assistant’s role in a medical emergency.
      1. Describe the use of oxygen.
      2. Describe college plan for medical emergency.
      3. Simulate the Assistant’s role in dental office emergencies.
    3. Demonstrate the care and operation of dental equipment.
      1. Identify the arrangement of a dental treatment room.
      2. Identify the basic features of dental equipment used in four-handed dentistry.
      3. Practice office care and maintenance procedures.
      4. Demonstrate the preparation of a treatment room before seating a patient.
    4. Demonstrate proper aseptic techniques within the guidelines of OSHA and MIOSHA
      1. Demonstrate the techniques employed to eliminate transmission of infectious diseases.
      2. Demonstrate common disinfection and sterilization procedures and methods to monitor effectiveness.
      3. Recognize and eliminate breaks in aseptic techniques.
    5. Demonstrate the proper seating and dismissal of patient and arrangement of the operating team.
      1. Identify the zones of activity at chairside.
      2. Explain and demonstrate the process for seating a dental patient for treatment in any area of the oral cavity.
      3. Explain and demonstrate the positioning of the assistant and operator for treatment in any area of the oral cavity.
      4. Explain and demonstrate the procedure for dismissing a patient.
      5. Explain and demonstrate the aseptic technique used during the setup, treatment, and dismissal of the patient.
      6. Identify special needs of patients during the seating and dismissal procedures.
    6. Demonstrate the process of oral evacuation.
      1. Differentiate between the use of HVE system and a saliva ejector.
      2. Identify armamentarium used with HVE system.
      3. Demonstrate the basic rules for oral evacuator tip placement.
      4. Demonstrate the placement of an evacuator tip for any given operative or surgical site.
      5. Demonstrate the procedure used in a complete mouth rinse.
      6. Demonstrate the use of the A/W syringe in maintaining a clear operating field.
      7. Demonstrate the routine care of an HVE system.
    7. Identify basic instruments for general dentistry.
      1. Identify and describe basic hand cutting instruments.
      2. Identify supplementary instruments and armamentarium common to dental procedures.
    8. Demonstrate the utilization of rotary instruments.
      1. Differentiate between various types of handpieces.
      2. Identify the various shapes, sizes, types, and functions of common rotary devices (burs).
      3. Demonstrate the maintenance of and sterilization of handpieces.
    9. Demonstrate the procedures identified with various instruments exchanges in relation to four/six-handed dentistry.
      1. Demonstrate how to maintain a fulcrum rest.
      2. Demonstrate the use of basic hand and rotary instruments.
      3. Practice four/six-handed dentistry.
      4. Utilize preset trays.
    10. Obtain vital signs and charting of the oral cavity.
      1. Demonstrate the procedure for obtaining vital signs.
      2. Demonstrate common abbreviations and symbols used in charting a dental examination.
      3. Demonstrate the charting of information using the Universal Charting Symbols.
    11. Demonstrate role in administration of a local anesthetic.
      1. Identify the parts of a local anesthetic carpule/cartridge, needle, and syringe.
      2. Assemble and disassemble the anesthetic syringe.
      3. Identify types of syringes used in dentistry.
      4. Follow the accepted safety guidelines regarding the use of sharps.
    12. Place and remove matrices and wedges.
      1. Define and identify various types of matrix and wedges, and their usage.
      2. Describe the functions, parts, placement and removal of the Tofflemire matrix.
      3. Explain and demonstrate placement and removal of the strip matrix and wedge on typodont/patient.
      4. Demonstrate placement and removal of Tofflemire matrix and wedge on typodont/patient.
    13. Assist in the simulation of an amalgam restoration.
      1. Identify the classification of cavity preparations.
      2. Identify the distinguishing characteristic of the anatomy of the various teeth.
      3. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for tray setup.
      4. Describe the function of basic instruments used in the amalgam procedures.
      5. Adapt to procedural modifications in different amalgam procedures.
      6. Assist in the simulation of an amalgam restoration.
      7. Explain the indications for a pin-retained amalgam, and identify the associated armamentarium.
    14. Assist in the simulation of a composite restoration.
      1. Prepare armamentarium and materials used in the composite resin restorative procedure.
      2. Compare different resin bonding materials and indications for their uses.
      3. Describe the function of each instrument during the procedure.
      4. Assist with a simulated composite restoration.
      5. Adapt to procedural modifications in different resin bonding procedures.
  
  • DA 113W - Oral Anatomy & Physiology

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Introduces basic structures and physiology of the oral cavity, head, and neck. Includes oral histology, embryology, and pathology related to the development of the dental structure.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; any approved College Composition I; and COM 112W  or COM 114W , with a “C” (2.0) or better in in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 106W  and DA 117W  
    Lecture Hours: 60 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify the landmarks of the oral cavity.
      1. Using diagrams or classmates identify the location and name the boundaries of the oral cavity and its parts.
      2. Using lab models or classmates, locate the landmarks of the hard and soft palates and the structure forming each.
      3. Using diagrams or classmates identify the frenum attachments of the lip.
    2. Distinguish between the tooth tissues in function and location.
      1. Identify the various tissues of tooth.
      2. Compare between clinical and anatomical crown, or eruption.
      3. Identify the three types of root furcations and the location of each type in the dental arches.
      4. Describe the tooth tissues, their function, location within a tooth, and chemical and physical composition
    3. Identify tooth surfaces, thirds, angles and basic landmarks.
      1. Relate the function of each permanent tooth to its development shape and size.
      2. Identify the five surfaces of anterior and of posterior teeth.
      3. Divide each tooth surface into thirds and name each third.
      4. Name the line and point angles of a tooth.
      5. Locate basic tooth landmarks (lobes, developmental grooves, tubercle, fossa, pit, ridges, cingulum, grooves).
    4. Distinguish between the various parts of the periodontium.    
      1. Describe the gingival unit supporting the teeth, its parts and functions.
      2. Locate the attachment apparatus and relate its function to the gingival unit.
      3. Describe the interrelationship between the cementum of a tooth, the periodontal ligament, and alveolar bone.
      4. Identify the purpose of the fibers of the periodontal ligament.
    5. Describe common tooth traits of shape alignment.
      1. Relate tooth size, shape, and location to the protection of the periodontium.
      2. Explain how tooth proximal contact and alignment protects the periodontium and integrity of the dentition.
      3. Describe embrasures, their purpose or function in protection of periodontium.
      4. Describe tooth contours and their function in protecting the periodontium.
      5. Identify the C.E.J. and the difference between curvatures of anterior and posterior teeth.
      6. Describe the self-cleansing characteristics and capabilities of natural teeth.
    6. Name and code all teeth.    
      1. Differentiate between primary, secondary, and mixed dentition.
      2. Identify teeth by their arrangements into dentitions, arches, and quadrants.
      3. Identify each tooth by dental name and code.
      4. Code each tooth using notation systems (Universal, Palmer & F.D.I.).
      5. Given a tooth code in Universal notation, name each tooth.
      6. Describe the effects of caries on the health of tooth enamel, dentin, and pulp.
    7. Relate eruption dates to development of teeth.
      1. Describe, with chronological fetal ages, the basic development of the tooth germ.
      2. Describe the formation of a tooth originating from the growth center or lobes.
      3. Relate the form and size of each tooth to its individual coalescence.
      4. Describe the dental phenomena of mesial drift, root resorption, and exfoliation.
      5. Apply the eruption tables to any given tooth.
      6. Explain the significant dental problems associated with impacted teeth, and congenitally missing teeth.
    8. Identify features associated with incisors.
      1. Relate the shape of the incisors to masticatory function.
      2. Identify significant anatomical features of all aspects of incisors
      3. Compare maxillary lateral and central incisors relative to shape, size, and location.
      4. Compare maxillary and mandibular incisor counterparts relative to size, shape, and location.
      5. Identify actual and tooth models of lateral and central incisors.
      6. Locate proximal contact areas.
      7. State root length.
      8. State eruption and calcification dates.
    9. Identify features associated with canines.
      1. Relate the shape of the canine to its masticatory function.
      2. Recognize anatomical similarities and differences of the canine to anterior and posterior teeth.
      3. Identify significant anatomical features of the canines.
      4. Identify actual and tooth models of canine.
      5. Locate proximal contact areas.
      6. State root length.
      7. State eruption and calcification dates.
    10. Identify features associated with premolars.
      1. Relate the shape of premolars to masticatory function.
      2. Identify significant anatomical features of the premolars.
      3. Compare between maxillary and mandibular premolar occlusal surfaces.
      4. Compare between 1st and 2nd premolars in the same arch relative to development, shape, and anatomical form.
      5. Identify, in lab models and actual, 1st and 2nd maxillary and mandibular molars.
      6. Locate proximal contact areas.
      7. State root length.
      8. State eruption and calcification dates.
    11. Identify features associated with molars.
      1. Relate the molar shape to its masticatory function.
      2. Compare the size, shape, and lobe formation between the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd molars.
      3. Locate proximal contact areas.
      4. State root length.
      5. Identify significant anatomical features of the molars.
      6. Compare maxillary molars with mandibular molars.
      7. Identify, on lab models and actual teeth, the three maxillary and mandibular molars.
      8. State eruption and calcification dates.
    12. Identify features associated with primary teeth.
      1. Identify the deciduous teeth by name and code notation and their function prior to permanent tooth eruption.
      2. Compare differences between primary and secondary teeth relative to identification (anatomical, shape, size, root formation differences).
    13. Describe occlusal relationships.
      1. Relate oral muscle forces to alignment of the teeth.
      2. Describe the relationship of the curves of Spee and Wilson and sphere of Monson to occlusion.
      3. Describe the interrelationship existing between eruption schedule and growth to ultimate alignment and occlusion.
      4. Apply the terms: overjet, overbite, crossbite, open bite, edge to edge, end to end, midline deviation, labioversion, linguoversion, supraversion, infraversion, torsiversion, transposed.
      5. Identify the three classifications of occlusion.
      6. Explain the three types of dysplasia.
      7. State Hereditary, Systemic, and Extrinsic factors.
      8. Define terminology associated with dental occlusion.
      9. Relate occlusal function to dental restorations.
    14. Identify basic embryonic structures of facial development.
      1. Describe basic embryonic structures that form the face and the embryonic age of formation of each structure.
      2. Identify the embryonic structures forming the palate and the embryonic age of palatal formation.
      3. Identify the germ layers from which the tooth parts originate and the embryonic age of tooth formation.
      4. Describe the embryological disturbances that cause orofacial clefts.
    15. Describe the tooth germ and identify the dental lamina, enamel organ, dental papilla and dental sac.    
      1. Describe the dental lamina and its age of appearance embryologically.
      2. Describe the hud cap and bell stages and the tooth layers formed at each stage.
      3. Describe the dental papillar and sac, and which stage it appears, and the tooth tissue it forms.
    16. Explain the development of the tooth tissues.
      1. Describe the embryological process involved in producing enamel and dentin.
      2. Describe the properties and components of dentin and enamel.
      3. Define primary, secondary, and reparative dentin.
      4. Describe the components of the pulp and subsequent age changes of the pulp.
      5. Explain the effect of a pulp stone to the integrity of the pulp.
      6. Describe the anomalies and their etiologists associated with tooth formation, e.g., enamel, hypoplasia, mottled enamel, and anodontia, and Hutchinson’s teeth.
    17. Explain the development of the root.    
      1. Relate the role of the epithelial root sheath to root form.
      2. Describe the formation and types of cementum.
      3. Recognize the alveolar components.
      4. Explain how bone reacts to pressure and tension relative to tooth movement.
    18. Explain the stages of tooth eruption and identify deviation.   
      1. Review the eruption dates.
      2. Describe the theories concerning tooth eruption and its probable cause.
      3. Compare the formation and position of the permanent teeth in relation to their primary  predecessors.
      4. Describe the cause and effect of ankylosis.
      5. Describe the process of primary tooth root resorption and subsequent exfoliation.
      6. Define and explain causes of: antodontic, abrasion, attrition, atrophy, bruxism,decalcification, deposition, congenitally missing, diastema, edematous erosion, exfoliation, recession, resorption, supernumerary, mesoderm, eruption, amorphous, agenesis, and etiology
    19. Distinguish between normal and abnormal oral mucosa.
      1. Identify the location and formation of the two regions of gingiva or masticatory mucosa.
      2. Locate the parts of the masticatory mucosa:
      3. Palate, gingival sulcus, free gingiva, attached gingiva, alveolar mucosa, interdental papilla
      4. Identify normal and abnormal mucosal color, contour, firmness, and stripling related to gingivitis and periodontal disease.
      5. Compare the attached gingiva with alveolar mucosa relative to color and stripling.
      6. Identify on lab models the parts of the oral and masticatory mucosa.
    20. Identify the structures of the tongue.    
      1.  Describe the embryonic formation and origin of the tongue.
      2. Identify major muscles of the tongue.
      3. Identify the four types of papilla and the function of each.
      4. Describe how changes of the tongue signify health changes.
      5. Identify the four different papilla of the tongue.
    21. Describe the salivary glands.
      1. Identify the three major pairs of salivary glands, their locations and function.
      2. Classify the type of secretion produced by the major and minor salivary gland.
      3. Locate the duct openings for the three salivary gland secretions.
      4. Describe the etiologies of mucocele.
    22. Describe various abnormal conditions of the teeth.    
      1. Define anomaly
      2. Compare intrinsic and extrinsic factors
      3. Distinguish between hereditary and congenital factors
      4. Define: hereditary, congenital, familial tendency, macrodontia, microdontia, hyperdontia, anodontia, supernumary, mesiodes, paramolar, supplemental, conical, tubercle, odontoma, dens in dente, delacerated, dwarfed roots, gemination, fusion, concrescence, hypercementosis, cementoma, enamel pearls, hutchinson’s incisors, mulberry molars, enamel dysplasia, enamel hypoplasia, enamel hypocalcification, enamel fluorosis amelogenesis imperfecta, Turner’s tooth, dentinogenesis imperfecta, tetracycline staining
    23. Identify the features of skull bones.
      1. Identify the 22 bones comprising the skull, and their location on a skull (manikin or human).
      2. Using diagrams or lab models, locate the three major bones of the skull and their significant landmarks.
      3. Using diagrams or lab models, identify by names and locations the cranial openings, foramina, and canals of significance to dentistry, e.g., mental foramen, infra- orbital foramen, incisive foramen, greater palatine foramen.
    24. Identify the TMJ and its function.
      1. Using diagrams or models, distinguish the structures of the temporomandibular joint (T.M.J.).
      2. Describe the role of the synovial cavity, capsule, T.M.J. ligament, and disc to the functioning of the T.M.J.
      3. Identify probable causes of T.M.J. dysfunction and pain.
    25. Describe the muscles of mastication.
      1. Using diagrams or lab models, locate the four muscle pairs, associated with mastication.
      2. Describe origin, insertion, and action of each pair of muscles.
      3. Categorize each set of masticatory muscles according to their role in elevation, depression, protrusion, and lateral excursion.
    26. Identify the blood vessels and their paths of drainage.
      1. Identify the two branches of the external carotid that supplies the teeth and oral cavity.
      2. Identify the major vessels supplying nourishment to the teeth, tongue, and muscles of mastication.
      3. Using diagrams and lab models, locate major vessels supplying blood to tongue, teeth, and muscles of mastication.
      4. Describe the function of blood to body tissues.
    27. Identify the lymph nodes and their paths of drainage.
      1. Describe the function of the lymphatics.
      2. Using diagrams and lab models, identify the two major lymph groups in the head and neck.
    28. Identify the parts of the trigeminal nerve and its path of innervation.
      1. Identify the branches of the trigeminal nerve and those structures each branch innervates.
      2. Identify nerves involved in the sensations of the tongue. Relate local anesthesia procedures to the innervation system of the teeth and adjacent structures
  
  • DA 114W - Dental Materials I

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Presents theory, properties, manipulation, and hazard management of dental material to include cements, liners, amalgam, and resins.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; any approved College Composition I; and COM 112W  or COM 114W , with a “C” (2.0) or better in in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 106W , DA 110 , and DA 110LW  
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe dental materials related to the duties of a dental assistant.
      1. Describe the history and importance of obtaining knowledge of dental materials.
      2. Access the dental assistant’s role in applications of dental materials.
      3. Explain the purpose of dental materials.
      4. List the commonly used restorative materials.
      5. Identify brand names of various dental materials.
      6. Name and discuss the organization responsible for regulating and certifying dental materials.
      7. Explain the difference between direct and indirect restorative materials and be able to identify types of each.
      8. Describe and understand the various properties and characteristics of dental materials.
    2. Identify bases, liners, and varnishes as they pertain to restorative dentistry.
      1. Identify the chemical composition of bases, liners, and varnishes/desensitizers/dental sealers.
      2. Explain the specific functions, properties, and characteristics of bases, lines, and varnishes/desensitizers; where, when, why, and how they are used.
      3. Identify brand names of commonly used materials.
      4. Understand bonding systems; how, why, and when they are used.
    3. Identify amalgam direct restorative material.
      1. Describe the history of dental amalgam.
      2. Describe the components of different types of amalgam compositions.
      3. Explain the necessity of mercury hygiene, spill clean-up, and long-term exposure symptoms.
      4. Analyze internet information on amalgam usage and concerns.
      5. Be able to address patient concerns about dental amalgam and mercury.
      6. Describe the amalgamation process.
      7. Recognize and correct problems with amalgamation.
      8. Describe the uses of amalgam and how important proper amalgamation is in producing the proper consistency.
      9. Identify brand names of amalgam.
    4. Describe the various bonding systems.
      1. Identify the chemical composition of various bonding systems.
      2. Explain the specific functions, properties and characteristics of bonding agents.
      3. Explain where, when, why and the application techniques for bonding systems.
      4. Identify brand names of commonly used bonding systems
    5. Identify direct esthetic restorative materials.
      1. Describe the history of esthetic direct restorative materials.
      2. Describe the chemical composition, properties, and characteristics of esthetic materials.
      3. Identify the types, uses, and manipulation of various esthetic materials.
      4. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of direct esthetic restorative materials.
      5. Identify brand names of common esthetic materials.
    6. Discuss whitening systems.
      1. Define tooth whitening.
      2. Explain the difference between vital and nonvital tooth whitening.
      3. Explain the difference between intrinsic and extrinsic stains and provide examples of each.
      4. Describe the composition and properites of bleaching materials.
      5. List the factors that affect the success of the tooth whitening.
      6. Compare, contrast and list contraindications of patient-applied and professionaly applied vital whitening.
      7. Discuss measures to prevent or alleviate tooth whitening side effects
      8. Identify brands and usage of various tooth whitening materials.
      9. Discuss the RDA and dental assisant’s role in bleaching procedures.
    7. Discuss preventative materials.
      1. Discuss the use of pit and fissure sealants.
      2. Describe the composition and properties of sealant materials.
      3. Explain the application process and placement of sealant materials.
      4. Identify brands of various types of sealant materials.
      5. Discuss the rationale for fluoride treatments.
      6. Describe the composition and properties of fluoride.
      7. Discuss the application processes of fluoride delivery.
      8. Identify the brand names of various types of fluoride.
    8. Compare types of temporary cements.
      1. Compare and contrast Type I Glass ionomers, composite resin cements, zinc oxide eugenol, polycarboxylate, and zinc phospahte, with each other and other types.
      2. Differentiate between permanent and temporary cements; uses, where, when.
      3. Identify the chemical components, properties and characteristics of various cements.
      4. Discuss the manipulation techniques and application process of the various types of cements.
      5. Examine the primary (luting) consistency of cements.
      6. Discuss proper removal techniques of cements.
      7. Identify brand names of cements.
  
  • DA 117W - Dental Health and Nutrition

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 1

    Emphasizes oral hygiene, general and applied nutrition, as well as patient motivation techniques. Dental health projects required.

    Prerequisite(s): BIO 140W  or BIO 152W  and BIO 153W ; any approved College Composition I; and COM 112W  or COM 114W , with a “C” (2.0) or better in in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 113W  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Explain preventive dentistry.
      1. Compare primary, secondary, and tertiary preventive dentistry.
      2. Identify the costs involved in each preventive dentistry.
      3. List the dental specialties and identify their roles in prevention.
      4. Name the dental assistant’s role in preventive dentistry.
      5. List the means of controlling plaque disease.
    2. Describe the role of plaque and calculus in caries and periodontal disease.
      1. Define plaque, pellicle, and calculus.
      2. List and describe the phases of the life cycle of plaque.
      3. Compare pellicle, plaque, material alba, food debris, and calculus.
      4. Recognize the development and effects of periodontal disease.
      5. Compare gingivitis to periodontitis.
      6. Describe the effect of plaque and calculus on the oral cavity.
      7. Compare dental plaque to material alba.
    3. Recognize the criteria of an ADA approved toothbrush.
      1. Identify the parts of a toothbrush.
      2. Compare the different styles and types of bristles.
      3. Recognize and describe the ADA approved toothbrush.
      4. Explain the life expectancy of a toothbrush.
      5. Explain the structure and function of an electrical toothbrush.
      6. List the criteria for selecting a toothbrush.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of various brushing techniques on a model for various situations.
      1. List and describe the purpose of brushing.
      2. List general brushing rules.
      3. List and describe effect of improper brushing techniques.
      4. List contraindications to brushing.
      5. Describe methods of plaque removal from the tongue.
      6. Describe brushing techniques for:
        1. abutment teeth
        2. orthodontic appliances
        3. dentures, removable partials and ortho appliances
        4. handicapped
      7. Explain and demonstrate brushing techniques for all areas of mouth to include problem areas.
      8. Explain and demonstrate the following brushing techniques:
        1. Bass
        2. Modified Stillman
        3. Press-Roll
        4. Charter’s
        5. Scrub
    5. Recognize criteria for an ADA approved toothpaste.
      1. Name and define two types of toothpaste.
      2. Explain three functions of toothpaste.
      3. Describe method of using toothpaste.
      4. Recognize ingredients.
      5. Explain ADA approval.
    6. Demonstrate understanding of various methods and means of cleaning interproximal areas on a model.
      1. Define interdental gingiva, papillae and col.
      2. List rational of interproximal cleaning.
      3. Explain objectives for dental flossing.
      4. Identify types of floss.
      5. Demonstrate two methods of flossing.
      6. List general flossing rules.
      7. Explain the frequency of flossing.
      8. Identify and explain improper flossing.
      9. Identify and explain usage and contradiction of: floss holders, floss threaders, knitting yarn, pipe cleaners, gauge strip, interdental tip stimulator, wedge stimulator, toothpicks and interdental brushes and picks.
    7. Discuss disclosing procedures.
      1. Explain the function of disclosing agents.
      2. Identify various agents.
      3. Discuss disclosing procedures.
    8. Complete a plaque index and analyze the result.
      1. Explain the purpose of a plaque index.
      2. Explain plaque control recording.
      3. Complete plaque index on a patient or manikin.
      4. Provide patient evaluations and suggestions.
    9. Discuss the usage of an oral irrigation device.
      1. Recognize oral irrigation device.
      2. Explain function of oral irrigation device.
      3. State contraindications of oral irrigation device.
      4. Explain procedure for using oral irrigation device.
    10. Discuss a proper rinse.
      1. Compare cosmetic and therapeutic functions of mouth rinse.
      2. Explain and demonstrate mouth rinsing.
    11. Describe the care of dental appliances.
      1. Describe proper care of:
        1. bridges
        2. ortho retainers
        3. dentures
        4. partials
        5. crowns
    12. Identify nutrients associated with the food groups.
      1. Explain the following terms:
        1. recommended dietary allowance
        2. megadose
        3. calorie
        4. nutrition
        5. diet
        6. digestion
        7. empty calorie
        8. malnutrition
      2. Compare the calories per gram of carbohydrates, fat, alcohol, and protein.
      3. List the five food groups.
      4. Provide nutrients, functions, and food sources for each food group.
      5. Explain the “other group”.
      6. Name the nutrients that effect the oral cavity and dentition the most.
    13. Explain the components of a food label.
      1. Explain parts of food label.
      2. Recognize ingredient amounts.
      3. Explain low sodium, very low sodium, sodium free, reduced sodium, unsalted.
      4. Explain the following terms:
        1. restoration
        2. enrichment
        3. fortification
      5. Recognize serving sizes.
      6. Collect and evaluate food labels from own usage.
    14. Analyze a food diary.
      1. Record own personal diet for one day.
      2. Follow procedures indicated on diet evaluation worksheet.
      3. Tabulate and evaluate diet intake.
      4. Complete all forms and tabulate totals.
    15. Relate nutritional aspects of a diet to the health of the oral cavity.  
      1. Relate carbohydrates to the oral cavity and caries production.
      2. Relate fats to the health of the oral cavity.
      3. Relate proteins to the health of the oral cavity.
      4. Relate vitamins to the health of the oral cavity.
      5. Relate minerals to the health of the oral cavity.
      6. Relate water to the health of the oral cavity.
    16. Prepare and present an educational presentation.
      1. Prepare and present two separate 15-20 minute educational presentations to school age children.
      2. Follow guidelines as stated in handbook.
    17. Analyze various oral health products.
      1. Compare two different types of toothpaste, toothbrushes, and floss.
      2. Record and analyze results on correct form
  
  • DA 120 - Clinical Dental Assisting II

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides the knowledge for additional application of dental techniques to include dental specialties.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 110 , DA 110LW , DA 113W , DA 114W , DA 117W , and HSC 140   with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 120LW , DA 121W , DA 125W , and DA 125LW .
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Explain the RDA duty of performing selective coronal polishing.
      1. Identify necessary armamentarium.
      2. Discuss the various rational for selective coronal polishing by an RDA.
      3. Explain the procedure for selective coronal polishing.
      4. Explain the function of establishing a fulcrum.
    2. Explain the RDA duty of applying a pit and fissure sealant.
      1. Identify the criteria in selecting a tooth for sealant application.
      2. Identify the benefits of a sealant on primary and permanent and their longevity.
      3. Identify the need for reexamination and replacement.
      4. Discuss the various types of sealants.
      5. Compare sealants and fluoride as a preventive measure.
      6. Relate the sealant placement to acclusal function.
    3. Explain RDA duty of fluoride treatment - tray technique.
      1. Discuss the history and politics of fluoride.
      2. Explain the effects of fluoride on enamel.
      3. Compare systemic vs. topical application and effects.
      4. State cost of fluoridation of water.
      5. State ppm of fluoride in drinking water.
      6. List types of topical fluoride and methods of application.
      7. Compare positive and negative effects of fluoride.
      8. Recognize fluorosis and mottling.
    4. Review dental emergency situations.
      1. Identify various medical emergencies that can be encountered in the dental setting
      2. Discuss various responses to dental emergencies
    5. Identify an oral pathology examination within the guidelines of the State Board of Dentistry.    
      1. Define oral pathology.
      2. Explain the reaction of tissue to trauma or lesions.
      3. Identify the cardinal signs of acute inflammation.
      4. Describe the cause of pulpitis and the chronic progression to a periapical abscess, a fistula, and a parulis.
      5. Identify the cause and appearance of oral lesions.
    6. Identify role and the armamentarium in the specialty of orthodontics.
      1. Identify and classify the different types of malocclusion.
      2. Describe the dental discrepancies that may be present in a malocclusion.
      3. Differentiate between interceptive and corrective phases of orthodontic treatment.
      4. Describe the types of diagnostic records used in orthodontic treatment planning.
      5. Differentiate between removable and fixed appliances.
      6. Identify the components of the fixed appliance system.
      7. Describe the biologic mechanism of tooth movement.
      8. Identify the RDA and dental assistant role.
    7. Identify role and the armamentarium in the specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery.
      1. Describe the role of the oral surgery assistant.
      2. List differences in design between an oral surgery and a general dental office.
      3. Identify common medical conditions that can affect dental treatment.
      4. Identify various types of anti-anxiety techniques and describe the advantages and disadvantages of each.
      5. Describe the steps in tooth extraction. Describe other common oral surgical procedures.
      6. Discuss the role of the hospital in operative dentistry and maxillofacial surgery procedures.
      7. Identify the purposes of sutures.
      8. Identify the types of suture techniques.
      9. Identify the classification of suture material.
      10. Identify the implant components and procedure.
    8. Monitor nitrous oxide according to the State of Michigan
      1. Explain the rules governing the monitoring of nitrous oxide.
      2. Explain the procedure of monitoring nitrous oxide.
      3. Explain the safety guidelines for nitrous oxide.
      4. Identify the contraindications of nitrous oxide
    9. Identify role and the armamentarium in periodontics.   
      1. Discuss the scope of the specialty of periodontics.
      2. Describe the role of the dental assistant in periodontics.
      3. Describe the types of signs of periodontal disease.
      4. Record periodontal conditions and state why each is important.
      5. Explain human relations practices that contribute to the success of periodontal treatment.
      6. Identify 10 factors that affect periodontal disease.
      7. Identify the function of a periodontal dressing.
      8. Explain the application of a periodontal dressing.
    10. Demonstrate knowledge of the principles of removable prosthodontics.
      1. Describe the scope and objectives of prosthetics.
      2. Define the various types of fixed and removable dental prostheses.
      3. Describe the function of various types of dental prostheses.
      4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of various types of fixed and removable prosthetic restorations.
      5. Describe the preliminary steps to prosthetic treatment.
      6. Explain the factors to be considered by the dentist when various prostheses are recommended to a patient.
      7. Explain factors that are involved in becoming a successful prosthetic patient.
      8. Explain the dental assistant’s role in prosthetics.
      9. Differentiate between a complete and partial denture.
      10. Name indications and contraindications for removable partial and complete dentures.
      11. List the components of a partial and complete denture.
      12. Describe the steps in the construction of a removable partial denture.
      13. Describe the steps in the construction of a complete denture.
      14. Describe the construction of an overdenture and an immediate denture.
      15. Identify the process of relining or preparing a partial or complete denture.
    11. Identify the assistant’s role and the armamentarium in endodontics.
      1. Describe the scope of endodontics.
      2. Describe the symptoms and etiology of an endodontically involved tooth.
      3. Explain the importance of radiography in endodontics.
      4. Identify and explain the function of specialized endodontic armamentarium.
      5. Describe the physical characteristics and function of common intracanal instruments.
      6. Describe the basic procedures common to an endodontic practice.
      7. Describe surgical procedures commonly found in endodontics.
      8. Explain the function and process of vital and non-vital bleaching.
      9. Identify the role of the dental assistant in various phases of endodontic treatment.
      10. Identify the use of common intracanal medications.
      11. Identify common endodontic instruments.
    12. Recognize the RDA role in drying endodontic canals with absorbent points.
      1. Explain the rational for drying canals.
      2. Explain the procedure for drying canals.
    13. Recognize the RDA role in perform pulp vitality testing.
      1. Identify and compare the pulp testing methods.
      2. Describe the technique for each test.
    14. Identify role and the armamentarium in pediatric dentistry.
      1. Define the specialty of pediatric dentistry.
      2. Describe the scope of pediatric dentistry.
      3. Explain the role of the dental assistant in pediatric dentistry.
      4. Describe common behavior patterns or stages in children.
      5. Describe behavior management of children in the dental office.
      6. Identify common treatment procedures in pediatric dentistry.
      7. Identify urgent care teatment in pediatric dentistry.
      8. List the symptoms of child abuse.
      9. List the signs of child abuse.
      10. Explain the responsibilities for reporting suspected child abuse by health care professionals.
      11. List the components of child abuse and the likely subject of abuse.
  
  • DA 120LW - Clinical Dental Assisting II Lab

    Credits: 4
    Instructional Contact Hours: 8

    Provides opportunity for additional application of dental techniques to include dental specialties.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 110 , DA 110LW , DA 113W , DA 114W , DA 117W , and HSC 140  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 121W , DA 125W , and DA 125LW .
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 120
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Perform selective coronal polishing.
      1. Assemble necessary armamentarium.
      2. Apply disclosing solution to specific tooth.
      3. Control slow-speed handpiece in patient’s mouth using a fulcrum.
      4. Demonstrate selective coronal polishing.
    2. Apply a pit and fissure sealant on typodont.
      1. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments into a pit and fissure tray setup.
      2. Demonstrate, by simulation, the application, assessment, and adjustment of dental sealants.
    3. Administer fluoride treatment.
      1. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments into various fluoride tray setups.
      2. Demonstrate various fluoride application techniques; including but not limited to tray, varnish and rinses.
    4. Apply desensitizing agents.
      1. Assemble the necessary armamentarium.
      2. Demonstrate placement of desensitizing agents.
    5. Develop skills to assist in orthodontics.
      1. Describe the orthodontic procedures allowed by the State Board of Dentistry.
      2. Demonstrate trial sizing of orthodontic bands.
      3. Demonstrate cementing of orthodontic bands.
      4. Demonstrate placement and removal of orthodontic separators.
      5. Demonstrate placement and removal of ligature wires.
      6. Identify the basic orthodontic instruments and their use in placement of the appliances.
      7. Demonstrate placing etchant and adhesives prior to placement of orthodontic brackets.
      8. Demonstrate initial placement of orthodontic brackets.
      9. Demonstrate taking impressions and bit registration for orthodontic appliances, mouth guards, bite splints, and bleaching trays.
    6. Develop skills to assist in oral surgery.
      1. Name and describe the function of the types of instruments normally found on an oral surgery tray.
      2. Explain common postoperative instructions for an oral surgery patient.
      3. Assist with simulated procedures.
      4. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for a suture removal tray setup.
      5. Demonstrate the proper removal of sutures.
    7. Demostrate skills to assist with administration of nitrous oxide.
      1. Identify and describe the armamentarium used in administration of nitrous oxide.
      2. Describe and demonstrate use of the safety features of the nitrous oxide unit.
      3. Assemble the necessary supplies and equipment for nitrous oxide administration.
      4. Explain procedure, including benefits and risks, to the patient.
      5. Assist in simulated administration of nitrous oxide.
    8. Demonstrate skills to assist in periodontics.
      1. Identify and describe instruments and procedures used in periodontics.
      2. Assist with simulated procedures.
      3. Identify the indications and contraindications for using a periodontal dressing.
      4. Identify the acceptable characteristics of a dressing material.
      5. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for a periodontal dressing tray setup.
      6. Demonstrate the placement and removal of a dressing.
      7. Demonstrate the home care instructions given to the patient.
    9. Demonstrate skills to assist with pediatric dentistry.
      1. Identify materials and equipment unique to pediatric dentistry.
      2. Assist with simulated procedures.
    10. Demonstrate the assistant’s role in the armamentarium of an endodontic procedure.
      1. Prepare necessary armamentarium.
      2. Assist with simulated procedures.
    11. Perform pulp vitality testing.
      1. Assemble the necessary armamentarium.
      2. Demonstrate various pulp testing methods on a typodont/patient.
    12. Dry endodontic canals with absorbent points.
      1. Assemble appropriate armamentarium.
      2. Demonstrate measuring absorbent points.
      3. Demonstrate drying endodontic canal.
    13. Perform an oral pathology examination within the guidelines of the State Board of Dentistry.
      1. Demonstrate the recording of information from extra and intra oral exam.
      2. Demonstrate the technique for inspection of all existing dental conditions.
    14. Communicate Oral Hygiene Instructions to a patient.
      1. Describe, demonstrate and provide instruction on tooth brushing technique.
      2. Describe, demonstrate and provide instruction on flossing technique.
      3. Describe and provide instruction on periodontal disease prevention.
      4. Describe and provide instruction on caries prevention.
  
  • DA 121W - Clinical Practice

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides the opportunity to apply practical skills in a clinical setting. Requires assignments in off-campus facilities and dental hygiene clinics.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 106W , DA 110 , DA110LW, DA 113W , DA 114W , DA 117W , and HSC 140   with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 120LW , DA123W, DA 125W , and DA 125LW .
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 45
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Apply practical dental assisting skills in clinical settings.
      1. Observe and participate in specialty dental settings.
      2. Observe and participate in general dental settings.
      3. Observe and participate in dental hygiene clinics.
      4. Observe and participate in various community dental health assignments.
    2. Complete written reports on experiences.
      1. Complete experience report for each clinical setting.
      2. Complete evaluation of experiences.
    3. Demonstrate communication skills in a dental setting.
      1. Share experiences with fellow classmates and instructor.
      2. Provide dental information to patients in a positive manner.
      3. Verbally relate to dental health care team.
      4. Ask pertinent questions of dental health care team.
  
  • DA 123LW - Dental Radiology Lab

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Provides laboratory practice in the application of commonly used dental radiographic procedures utilizing mannequins and clinic patients.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 106W , DA 113W , DA 117W , and HSC 140  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 123W  
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 60
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Recognize and operate X-ray equipment.
      1. Recognize and operate radiographic lab equipment.
      2. Explain and follow lab procedures.
      3. Operate the x-ray unit establishing KVP, MA and time settings for any given view and type of imaging.
    2. Describe the rationale for exposing images.
      1. Provide reasons for exposing vertical and horizontal interproximal and periapical images.
      2. Provide reasons for using different size film/sensors./phosphorus plates
      3. Provide reasons for types of images.
    3. Utilize film-holding devices.
      1. State the value and rational for the use of positioning devices in health and safety of patients and to optimum technique.
      2. Identify parts of the device.
      3. Assemble device for each view.
      4. Position patient, film/sensor/phosphorus plate, and device for images.
    4. Apply parallel technique while exposing films of DXTRR.
      1. Position simulated patient (DXTRR) for each projection.
      2. Expose FMX and interproximal images on adult DXTRR.
      3. Expose Pediatric , edentulous, occlusal, and third molar images
      4. Given DXTRR, position the film/sensor/phosphorus plate for any intraoral projection.
      5. Adjust horizontal and vertical tube angulation.
      6. Adjust machine setting for each view.
      7. Expose radiographic surveys on DXTRR according to criteria.
      8. Develop radiographic competence at stated level (according to evaluation checklists) for each radiographic projection in a full mouth series and interproximal series.
    5. Apply parallel technique while exposing film on patients.
      1. While applying aseptic, radiation health, and patient management techniques, expose, and complete evaluation form on three adult FMS at stated levels.
      2. Identify errors and means to correct the errors.
      3. Retake images.
    6. Evaluate films for exposure errors.
      1. Using radiographs produced during this course and evaluation forms, assess diagnostic quality of images according to criteria on evaluation forms.
      2. For each image evaluated, state corrections necessary to improve the quality of the image.
      3. Value importance of producing high quality diagnostic image techniques.
    7. Mount radiographs in film holders when applicable.
      1. Explain mounting procedures.
      2. Given mount frames and packets of radiographs, mount the series in the recommended method,
        1. three adult FMS
        2. one child FMS
      3. Mount all exposed films with 100% accuracy.
    8. Expose a PAN on a patient.
      1. Describe patient positioning, equipment preparation, and exposure time for exposing panoramic projections.
      2. Operate PAN machine.
      3. Practice a PAN setup.
      4. Produce a panoramic radiograph of diagnostic quality using a patient.
      5. Describe procedure using film.
    9. Apply radiation safety methods during exposures.
      1. Employ protection methods for self and patient.
      2. Follow lab rules during/for exposures.
      3. Respond to patient questions and concerns using professional, positive, and informed replies regarding the use of radiation and safety to the patient’s health and welfare.
  
  • DA 123W - Dental Radiology

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Introduces the principles of radiation physics, factors affecting radiographic images, biological effects of radiation, and the protective measures necessary in dental radiation

    Prerequisite(s): DA 106W , DA 113W , DA 117W , and HSC 140  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 123LW  
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Explain the parallel technique of film placement. 
      1. Explain principle of shadow casting and explain parallel technique.
      2. Describe patient positioning.
      3. Describe intraoral placement of film for periapical and bitewing projections.
    2. Explain the production of radiation.
      1. Nature of radiation.
        1. Identify the significant contribution to Radiology made by Wilhelm C. Roentgen
        2. Recognize terms and definitions applied to dental radiology
        3. Compare the properties of electromagnetic radiation to radio waves
        4. Differentiate between hard and soft x-rays and the penetrability of each
        5. Differentiate between primary and secondary radiation and their effect on radiographic quality and biological safety
      2. Production of X-rays.
        1. Identify component parts of the x-ray unit, and the function of each part
        2. Describe the step-by-step procedure and those component parts involved in the production of x-rays
        3. Identify the parts of the x-ray tube and the path of the electrons which produce x-rays
        4. Relate KVP, MA, and time to the production of useful x-rays
        5. Relate density and contrast and detail to acceptable, diagnostic radiographs
    3. Describe causes and prevention of exposure errors.
      1. On slides and radiographs, recognize common technique errors; describe causes and  measures to prevent and/or correct the errors.
    4. Identify and describe radiographic anatomy and pathology.
      1. Apply the terminology related to this unit: anatomical landmarks, radiolucent, radiopaque.
      2. Explain the purpose for the dental assistant to identify landmarks for proper radiographic mounting.
      3. Describe the procedure universally recommended for mounting dental radiographs and special indicators useful to the mounting technique.
      4. Describe the densities of tooth tissues and periodontium and the radiographic appearance of each.
      5. Locate, on a radiograph or slide, the common maxillary and mandibular landmarks and whether each feature is radiopaque or radiolucent.
      6. Given names of radiographic landmarks, identify which radiopaque projections produce the images.
      7. Describe landmarks useful to mount edentulous radiographs.
      8. Identify, on radiographs and slides, radiographic pathologies.
      9. Describe method to determine location of radiographic pathology.
      10. Relate the terms radiolucent and radiopaque, to the radiographic pathologies viewed in radiographs.
      11. Explain the application of bitewing and periapical techniques in the detection and interpretation of caries, retained objects, periodontal disease and traumatic injuries.
      12. Define the legal and ethical responsibilities and ethical responsibilities of the dental assistant regarding the evaluation and interpretation of radiographs.
    5. Describe radiographs on children.
      1. Describe rationale for and importance of making regular periodic radiographic examinations on child patients.
      2. Identify factors which determine need for radiographs on children; including appropriate film size and technique.
      3. Compare patient management techniques involved in exposing radiographs on children and  on adults.
      4. Relate radiation safety measures to pedodontic radiographic technique.
      5. Describe the exposure technique for primary and mixed dentition.
      6. Interpret pedodontic radiographs for normal vs. abnormal anatomical features, and features requiring professional follow-up.
    6. Describe edentulous techniques.
      1. Explain rationale and value for exposing radiographs of edentulous areas of the mouth.
      2. Identify film requirements for an edentulous and a partially edentulous patient.
      3. Describe the techniques recommended for exposing radiographs on edentulous and partially edentulous patients, including radiation safety measures.
    7. Describe accessory film.
      1. Describe the occlusal technique, and the diagnostic indications for its use.
      2. Describe the technique for extraoral, lateral jaw projections for detection of third molar impactions and TMJ surveys.
      3. Describe the uses of panoramic radiographic surveys.
    8. Describe perio-bitewings.
      1. State reasons for exposing perio-bitewings.
      2. Describe procedures for exposing perio-bitewings.
    9. Explain radiation health and protection measures.
      1. Compare the amount of exposure to the reproductive cells from a full month survey (18 films), to that from background radiation.
      2. Describe protective measures required by the operator to protect self from radiation exposure.
      3. Explain the use and value of a monitoring system.
      4. Describe protective measures required by the operator to protect the patient and other office occupants from radiation exposure.
      5. Relate acceptable radiation dosages to standard limits for patients and x-ray operators.
      6. Describe techniques and standards recommended for the reduction of patient exposure to radiation.
      7. Value patient and operator (self) health and safety by practicing optimum radiation protection techniques.
      8. Describe the use, diagnostic value and timeliness of radiographs for optimum dental care.
      9. Relate the biological effects of ionizing radiation to body-tissue health.
      10. Differentiate between genetic and somatic tissues and the radio-sensitivity of each group of tissues.
      11. Describe the cumulative effect of radiation.
      12. Compare chronic and acute overexposure to x-radiation.
      13. Explain the term “latent period”.
      14. Identify signs and symptoms of overexposure to radiation to somatic and genetic tissues.
      15. Describe responsible policy regarding the exposure of x-rays of pregnant women.
      16. Discuss the exposure comparison of conventional film to digital images.
    10. Explain patient management techniques.
      1. List behaviors for the dental auxiliary to possess for effective communication and management of adult, child and special patients.
      2. Describe the common management problem which can be encountered when positioning radiographic films/sensor/phosphorus plates, and give methods to resolve those difficulties.
      3. List methods used to orient and gain confidence in patients new to radiographic procedures.
      4. State rationale and value for following the recommended view order for exposure of full mouth surveys.
    11. Compare the bisecting technique with the parallel technique.
      1. State the geometric theory behind bisection of angle techniques.
      2. State the advantages and disadvantages of bisection.
      3. Explain patient & film/sensor/phosphorus plate position for bisection.
      4. State common errors in the bisection technique.
      5. Compare parallel technique to bisection.
    12. Explain the processing technique.
      1. Discuss the design, equipment, and lighting used for processing..
      2. Describe processing method.
      3. Recognize chemicals composing developer and fixer and the function of each.
      4. Value optimum processing technique by maintaining darkroom and processing chemicals.
      5. Identify the parts of a radiographic film packet and the function of each part.
      6. Explain the manufacture of dental film in determining film speed.
    13. Describe the causes and prevention measures of processing errors.  
      1. On slides and radiographs, recognize common processing faults; describe causes and measures to prevent and/or correct the errors.
    14. Explain the legal issues involved with the exposure of radiographs.
      1. Describe laws pertaining to radiography.
      2. Describe informed consent, risk management, liability, patient records, and patient refusal.
    15. Identify the importance of quality control.
      1. Explain the various tests used to check for quality assurance.
      2. Explain the administrative quality control steps.
      3. Participate in quality control tests.
  
  • DA 125LW - Dental Materials II Lab

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Introduces the manipulation of indirect and adjunct restorative procedures.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 110 , DA 110LW , DA 113W , DA 114W , DA 117W , and HSC 140  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 120LW , DA 121W , DA 123W  and DA 125W .
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 60
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Manipulate impression materials used in dentistry.
      1. Manipulate each category of impression materials.
      2. Obtain diagnostic and final impressions.
      3. Obtain various types of bite registrations.
    2. Demonstrate the manipulation of gypsum products.
      1. Demonstrate techniques for the pouring of alginate impressions with gypsum products.
      2. Discuss and demonstrate the procedures for the trimming and finishing of study models constructed from gypsum products.
    3. Manipulate plastics as used in dentistry.
      1. Demonstrate the method to fabricate custom impression trays, whitening trays, mouth guards, and acrylic provisionals.
      2. Discuss and demonstrate the various uses and materials for the Triad Machine.
    4. Utilize dental waxes.
      1. Observe the fabrication of a bite rim at a commercial laboratory.
      2. Observe the fabrication of a crown/coping wax-up at a commercial laboratory.
      3. Recognize and manipulate dental waxes.
    5. Observe porcelain, gold, and semi-precious metal techniques.
      1. Observe the investing, casting, and polishing of a gold restoration in a commercial laboratory.
    6. Manipulate various dental cements.
      1. Describe and compare various permanent and temporary cements.
      2. Discuss the factors that influence luting cements.
      3. Compare various cements and their uses.
      4. Manipulate various cements to various consistencies and discuss their uses and applications.
      5. Identify the chemical composition and properties of cements.
      6. Identify brand names of cements.
    7. Apply cavity liners and bases.
      1. Select appropriate armamentarium.
      2. Classify cavity preparatation according to their relationships with pulp.
      3. Explain the different options for protecting the pulp with cavity liners and bases.
      4. Describe the purpose of using cavity liners and bases.
      5. List types of materials used for bases and liners.
      6. Describe and demonstrate placement of liners on typodont model.
      7. Describe and dmonstrate placement of a cement base on a typodont model.
    8. Place and remove intracoronal temporary/sedative restoration on typodont.
      1. State the rationale for a temporary sedative restoration.
      2. Identify the cavity preparation that can and cannot successfully receive a temporary/sedative restoration.
      3. Identify the commonly used temporary/sedative restoration materials.
      4. Identify post-op instruction.
      5. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for temporary/sedative restoration tray setup.
      6. Demonstrate on a typodont the placement and removal of an intra coronal temporary/sedative restoration.
      7. Demonstrate the post-operative instructions for an intra oral temporary/sedative restoration.
    9. Demonstrate the assistant’s role in  removable dental prostheseis procedures
      1. Differentiate between the various types of removable prostheses.
      2. Identify removable prosthodontic procedures.
      3. Identify the armamentarium needed for cleaning and polishing.
      4. Demonstrate the procedural steps for cleaning and polishing.
    10. Demonstrate in-office tooth whitening procedures.
      1. Compare current methods of tooth whitening.
      2. Demonstrate a method of in-office tooth whitening.
  
  • DA 125W - Dental Materials II

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Introduces the theory of indirect and adjunct restorative procedures.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 110 , DA 110LW , DA 113W , DA 114W , DA 117W , and HSC 140  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 120LW , DA 121W , and DA 125LW .
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Discuss impression materials used in dentistry.
      1. Describe the types of various preliminary and final impression materials.
      2. Identify the composition of the components of hydrocolloid (irreversible and reversible), polysulfide, polyether, and vinylpolysiloxane impression materials.
      3. Describe the properties and characteristics of each category of impression materials.
      4. Describe the uses of each type of impression material.
    2. Discuss various gypsum products used in dentistry.
      1. Identify the origin and composition of various gypsum products.
      2. Identify the properties, characteristics, and uses of gypsum products.
      3. Discuss the various types of die and other gypsum materials used in commercial dental labs.
    3. Discuss acrylics (plastics) and ceramics used in dentistry.
      1. Identify the chemical composition of acrylics (plastics), porcelain, and ceramics.
      2. Identify the properties, characteristics, and uses of various acrylic and ceramic materials.
      3. Differentiate between light cure and auto cure acrylic materials and their uses.
      4. Discuss production of indirect acrylic restorations, other acrylic products, and oral appliances.
      5. Discuss the application process of acrylic and ceramic materials.
    4. Discuss dental waxes.
      1. Identify the categories of various dental waxes.
      2. Identify the composition and uses of various dental waxes.
    5. Discuss the applications of metals used in dentistry.
      1. Describe the terminology pertaining to different dental alloys and gold.
      2. Identify the four types of gold and their uses.
      3. Describe the components and functions of alloys used for partial dentures.
    6. Discuss dental cements (luting agents).
      1. Describe chemical compositions, properties, and characteristics of different types of dental cements.
      2. Describe pros and cons of properties of different luting materials.
      3. Discuss the uses, manipulation, and application of cements.
    7. Discuss polishers and abrasives.
      1. Describe various types of polishing agents and abrasives.
      2. Discuss using polishing agents and abrasives.
      3. Descrobe the polishing and cleaning procedure for removable oral appliances.
      4. Describe the chemical compositions, properties, and characteristics of various polishing agents and abrasives.
  
  • DA 129W - Dental Office Management

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Emphasizes fundamental office skills in managing patient and business records, handling the telephone and visitors, controlling the appointment book, and processing dental claim forms. Includes basic financial procedures and computer use.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 123W  and DA 123LW  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade.
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify personal characteristics needed to work in a business environment.
      1. Describe the role, qualifications, personal characteristics and primary responsibilities of the business assistant as a member of the dental health team.
      2. Relate human relations to dental office productivity and personnel morale.
      3. During a class self-assessment activity, determine personal assets and goals, which make you a good candidate for Dental Assisting position and list characteristics, which you feel, could use improvement and development.
    2. Describe how to maintain a dental office environment.
      1. Relate leadership to effective office communications and work interactions.
      2. Describe behaviors, which produce barriers and ineffective interactions in the dental office.
      3. Describe interpersonal characteristics and job duties of the receptionist or assistant in the management of patients.
      4. Explain possible psychosocial factors that contribute to patients’ attitudes toward oral health and dental care.
      5. Given hypothetical dialogues and/or role play situations, describe/demonstrate interactive and communication relationships between.
        1. Dentist and Assistant
        2. Patient and Assistant
        3. Dentist and Patient
        4. Assistant and Assistant
        5. Hygienist and Assistant
      6. Describe verbal and non-verbal communication as determinants of effective or ineffective interaction between health professionals and with the patient.
      7. Describe the importance for and method to maintain professional distance and create professional closeness with co-workers and the patient.
      8. By means of goal setting activities, identify a personal plan to integrate professional qualities in work and continued education.
      9. Identify bases of interpersonal problems between:
        1. Dentist and assistant
        2. Dentist and hygienist
        3. Hygienist and assistant
        4. or any likely combinations
      10. Explain the role of patient education to developing positive attitudes and behaviors in patients.
      11. Evaluate the effect of the following office environmental conditions on patient management:
        1. Comfort of physical surroundings
        2. Cleanliness and orderliness of surroundings
        3. Grooming and appearance of personnel
        4. Sounds and intensity of noise in office
        5. Colors and decorations.
    3. Use effective verbal communications.
      1. Describe “phonogenic” characteristics for effective telephone communications.
      2. Explain techniques to create a good image over the telephone.
      3. Manage, by role-playing, incoming phone calls for various hypothetical situations given in class. Using a check sheet, peer critique and discussion will be used to assess quality of phone etiquette.
      4. Describe the method to record accurate phone messages.
    4. Utilize a computer for dental office management.
      1. Explain the value and benefits of computer usage in a dental office.
      2. Identify the major components of a computer.
      3. Operate a computer.
      4. Complete the Eaglesoft system
    5. Demonstrate how to manage patient records.
      1. Explain the value and importance of dental records management.
      2. Describe the forms and items included in a clinical record.
      3. In accordance with the statute of limitations, state the best policy for retaining inactive records.
      4. Describe the procedure to transfer patient records to another location outside the dental office in which the records were collected.
      5. State a responsible and professional philosophy in valuing patients’ right to privacy.
      6. Explain how the accuracy and completeness of thorough records provides the best liability insurance for the practitioner.
      7. Given a variety of forms, identify name and use of each.
      8. Identify and process computer generated records.
    6. Record patient information onto a clinical chart.
      1. Correctly record patient information and services rendered onto charts.
      2. Realize the importance of accurate records management.
      3. Identify correct symbols commonly used to chart condition in the oral cavity as dictated by dentist.
      4. Identify and process computer generated charts.
    7. Demonstrate how to manage a recall system.
      1. Explain the value to the patient and the dentist to recall patients periodically to the dental office.
      2. Describe the procedure and function of the various recall systems, including the advantages and disadvantages of each.
      3. Given a variety of hypothetical recall situations and a system, set up a recall system.
      4. Identify and process computer generated recall system
    8. Explain how to prepare dental insurance claims.
      1. Explain the value of dental insurance to the improvement of dental care and health since the early 1900’s.
      2. Describe the four parties involved in dental prepayment and the role of each to the other.
      3. Identify various types of coverage prevalent in dentistry, their functions, benefits, and disadvantages.
      4. Use dental insurance terminology in discussing dental prepaying procedures.
      5. Given a standardized claim form, identify each part and the necessary patient information to be used in processing the form.
      6. Explain the function of the Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature.
      7. Given a Code booklet and a variety of treatment procedures, select codes to complete a dental claim form with no errors.
      8. Explain how the dentist receives payment for services through dental insurances.
      9. Given a standardized claim form and hypothetical information, and using the guidelines for preparing claim forms, complete the form with no errors.
      10. Identify and process computer generated insurance form.
    9. Demonstrate how to Record/manage accounts receivables.
      1. Explain the terms bookkeeping and accounting.
      2. Describe the pegboard / ledger system, its components, and techniques used in managing the system.
      3. Given pegboard forms and a variety of hypothetical entries to be made, record the entries with no errors.
      4. Identify and process computer generated ledgers
    10. Describe how to maintain a collection policy system.
      1. Explain the value and use of financial statements, when statements are sent to patients, and types of statements used in dentistry.
      2. Compare the value of itemized statements in management of potential problems.
      3. Explain elements of a well-defined credit policy.
      4. Describe payment policies used in dentistry and the benefits or disadvantages of each type.
      5. Describe collection procedures used in dentistry:
        1. aging accounts
        2. collection letter
        3. phone collections
        4. agencies
        5. small claims court
    11. Demonstrate how to control appointment schedules.
      1. Explain the components of the appointment book matrix to organize the appointment book.
      2. Explain the information necessary to enter in the appointment book when scheduling appointments.
      3. Describe the preparation and use of the appointment card, daily schedule, call list and treatment plan.
      4. Explain rules to follow in maintaining efficient appointment book control.
      5. Given a variety of hypothetical appointment scheduling situations and a blank schedule book, schedule the appointments according to the rules and procedures outlined in text and lecture with no errors.
      6. Identify and process computer generated appointments
    12. Demonstrate effective written communication.
      1. Identify and process computer generated written documents
      2. Relate written communications to developing rapport and public relations with patients, professionals, and the community.
      3. List characteristics of a professional written business communication
      4. Describe procedures to manage incoming and outgoing mail using United States Postal Service and United Parcel Service.
      5. Explain the use of a postage meter.
      6. Explain the purpose for a written and distributed office policy.
      7. Given a hypothetical business situation, write a letter.  
      8. Identify the various types of written communications use in a dental practice.
    13. Demonstrate how to organize and file informational material.
      1. Describe methods and equipment design used in store filed material.
      2. Explain procedures to transfer and retrieve filed material.
      3. List filing hints for efficient file management.
      4. Practice filing rules.
    14. Explain how to maintain an inventory system.
      1. Define the categories of dental supplies and equipment.
      2. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of ordering supplies through various sources.
      3. Explain the value, economically and managerially, for maintaining supply and equipment inventories.
      4. Describe inventory systems for capital equipment and expendable/nonexpendable supplies.
      5. Explain methods to establish a reorder point in the inventory system.
      6. Describe the business assistant’s responsibility when supplies are received, when supplies are back ordered from the company, and for returning goods to the supplier for credit.
      7. Given several dental and business supply names, design an inventory system and reorder point with no errors.
      8. Identify and process computer generated inventory control system.
    15. Explain how to maintain an accounts payable system.
      1. Describe the procedures to prepare a monthly expense sheet and a yearly summary.
      2. Explain the purpose of maintaining payroll records and the employee earnings record.
      3. Using tax tables, determine for a hypothetical employee the gross and net wages, including the appropriate deductions to be made for each tax category.
      4. Explain the depositing procedure for withheld income tax, Social Security tax, and federal unemployment tax.
      5. Given work sheets and data, complete a monthly expense sheet, a yearly summary, and payroll record with no errors.
      6. Given a W2 form for yourself, complete a W2 form with no errors.
      7. Identify and process computer generated accounts payable forms.
    16. Describe banking procedures.
      1. Identify each part of a business and personal check.
      2. Given a blank non-negotiable check, write a check and complete the check register or stub information with no errors.
      3. Recognize various types of check and characteristics each should possess for acceptance.
        1. certified
        2. cashier’s
        3. money order
        4. traveler’s check
        5. bank draft
        6. voucher
      4. Explain the use of credit cards as payment for services rendered.
      5. Given deposit slip data, prepare a slip for deposit.
      6. Endorse checks received prior to making deposit.
      7. Describe the steps to reconcile a bank statement.
      8. Given a statement and data, reconcile a hypothetical bank statement so the bank and checkbook register agree.
      9. Describe the petty cash account and if it is controlled for minor cash disbursement.
      10. Identify and process computer generated banking.
    17. Describe the value of an office manual.
      1. Explain the value of a procedure manual in maintaining office relations and efficiency.
      2. List components of an effective office procedure manual.
      3. Explain the rationale for a personnel policy and for making the policy public and understood by all employees.
      4. Describe the office staff meeting, its purpose and value, and how it should be conducted.
      5. Discuss techniques to evaluate eligibility and ask for a raise
  
  • DA 130W - Dental Assisting Internship

    Credits: 6
    Instructional Contact Hours: 7

    Provides the opportunity to perform chairside assisting techniques, laboratory procedures, and dental office management skills while under direct supervision. Assignments will be made to dental care facilities.Each student will be assigned to two separate dental offices for a total of 300 hours.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 120  and DA 120LW  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each.
    Corequisite(s): DA 133W  
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 300
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate professional skills required of an entry level dental assistant.
      1. Be present at each of the two clinical sites for each day and those hours assigned during the rotation periods. See evaluation.
        1. Assist dental staff in completing student progress report forms by due dates.
        2. Attend each seminar session to share experiences and knowledge with fellow classmates. See seminar syllabus.
        3. Make an introductory contact with the dental office assignments prior to the start of each rotation period.
        4. Expect periodic consultation with the supervising instructor regarding progress in clinical experience assignments.
        5. Submit weekly journal entries and experience reports for each week of the clinical experience assignment.
        6. Complete an office procedures manual for the each office assignments to be submitted to the instructor by the due date.
        7. Comply with Dental Assisting discipline policies on attire and personal grooming regulations. See attached copy.
        8. Notify instructor and dental office of same day absence and/or tardiness prior to the beginning of the work day. Prior knowledge of an absence or tardiness must be approved by instructor prior to work day.
  
  • DA 131LW - RDA Exam Prep Lab

    Credits: 5
    Instructional Contact Hours: 6

    Provides continual dental procedure knowledge and skill development needed to perform expanded functions as permitted by State of Michigan Complete RDA mock clinical exam.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 120LW , DA 121W , DA 123W , DA 123LW , DA 125W  and DA 125LW  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade
    Corequisite(s): DA 131W  
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 95
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate the assistant’s in the armamentarium of a fixed dental prosthesis.
      1. Prepare necessary armamentarium for a crown and bridge procedure.
      2. Manipulate common materials used in a fixed prosthetic procedure.
      3. Identify the various types of fixed prostheses.
      4. Assist with simulated prosthetic procedure.
    2. Demonstrate the placement and remove nonepinephrine retration cord.
      1. Assemble appropriatre armamentarium.
      2. Demonstrate placement and removal on a typodont.
    3. Demonstrate how to take final impressions for indirect restorations.
      1. Assemble the necessary armamentarium.
      2. Demonstrate taking an accurate final impression for indirect restorations.
      3. Relate the final process to the fixed prosthetic procedure.
    4. Construct, place, and remove a temporary crown.
      1. Assemble the necessary supplies and instrument for temporary setup.
      2. Demonstrate the construction, placement and removal of a temporary crown on a typodont to meet the criteria for admisiion to the RDA exam.
      3. Remove excess cement from supragingival surfaces of teeth.
      4. Explain the post-operative instructions for an intraoral restoration.
    5. Demonstrate how to place and remove a rubber dam.
      1. Assemble the necessary instruments into a rubber dam tray setup.
      2. Demonstrate the application and removal of the rubber dam.
      3. Place and remove a rubber dam on a patient to meet the criteria needed for admission to the RDA exam.
    6. Demonstrate how to place, condense, and carve amalgam restorations.
      1. Identify the classification of cavity preparations.
      2. Identify the distinguishing characteristics of the anatomy of various teeth.
      3. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for tray set up.
      4. Demonstrate on a typodont the placement, condensing and carving of selected amalgam restoration to meet the admission criteria to the RDA exam.
    7. Demonstrate how to place and finish Class I Composite restorations.
      1. Identify the Class I classification of cavity preparation.
      2. Identify the distinguishing characteristics of the anatomy of the teeth.
      3. Assemble the necessary supplies and instruments for tray set up.
      4. Understand the principles of occlusion.
      5. Demonstrate a fulcrum while operating a slow speed handpiece.
      6. Demonstrate on a typodont the placement and adjustment of Class I composite restorations.
    8. Complete a mock RDA clinical exam
      1. Place and remove a rubber dam on a patient within an allotted time.
      2. Place an amalgam on a model within an alloted time.
      3. Place a temporary crown on a model within an allotted time.
  
  • DA 131W - RDA Exam Prep

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 1

    Provides continual dental procedure knowledge and skill development needed to perform expanded functions as permitted by State of Michigan Complete RDA mock written exam.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 120 , DA 120LW , DA 121W , DA 123W , DA 123LW , DA 125W , and DA 125LW  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade in each
    Corequisite(s): DA 131LW  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Recognize the RDA role in the placement and removal of a rubber dam.
      1. Identify the uses and contraindications for the utilization of a rubber dam.
      2. Identify the necessary steps for patient preparation for a rubber dam.
      3. Explain the steps in dam placement and removal.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the principles of fixed prosthodontics.
      1. Name indications and contraindications for fixed prostheses.
      2. Describe the various types of fixed prostheses and their functions.
      3. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of fixed prostheses.
      4. Identify the steps for a diagnostic work up.
      5. Explain factors to be considered for recommendation of and compliance of patient for a successful prosthetic patient.
      6. Describe the uses of core buildup pins and posts in crown retention.
    3. Identify RDA role in placement and removal of nonepinephrine retraction materials.
      1. Recognize the importance of retraction materials.
      2. Describe gingival retraction.
      3. Distinguish between epinephrine and nonepinephrine cord.
    4. Identify the RDA role in taking final impressions for indirect restorations.
      1. Identify various types of final impression material.
      2. Recognize the characteristics of an accurate final impression.
    5. Identify the RDA role in placement and removal of temporary crowns or bridges.
      1. State the rationale for a temporary restoration.
      2. Identify the commonly used temporary restoration materials.
      3. Identify post-op instruction.
      4. identify the purpose of using temporary crowns/bridges
      5. Identify the characteristics of an ideal temporary crown or bridge.
    6. Discuss the Credentialing / State Law regarding dental Assisting.
      1. Explain the importance of ethics and law to dentistry.
      2. Differentiate between the various types of law that affect the practice of dentistry.
      3. Explain the various types of consent.
      4. Describe the code of ethics to professional dental organizations.
      5.  Identify the function of State Board of Dentistry.
      6. Explain the importance of the state Dental Practice Act.
      7. Define an RDA.
      8. Distinguish the difference between the duties of an OJT and an RDA.
      9. Distinguish the difference between general and direct supervision.
      10. Identify credentialing processes for Dental Assistants.
      11. Define the meaning of ethics and give an example of ethical standards from the Code of Ethics of the American Dental Assistants Association.
      12. Define dental jurisprudence and its application of legal statutes and regulations.
    7. Prepare Employment Documents.
      1. Construct a resume.
      2. Write a sample letter of introduction.
      3. Write a sample interview follow-up letter.
    8. Complete mock written RDA exam.
      1. Review RDA Exam Brochure from State of Michigan.
      2. Review program content that is included in RDA Exam.
  
  • DA 133W - Dental Assisting Internship Seminar

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 1

    Provides opportunities to share internship experiences and future educational goals. Develops resume writing and job seeking skills.

    Prerequisite(s): DA 120  and DA 120LW  with a “C” (2.0) minimum grade.
    Corequisite(s): DA 130W  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Assess the Dental Assistant Internship experience.
      1. Identify plan of action or goals for continued education and professional growth after graduation.
      2. Self-analyze skills and competencies and determine skills needing additional improvement and practice.
      3. Apply all policies during dental office rotations as directed on student responsibilities and individual office policy manual.
      4. Assist the dental staff in completing evaluation reports and interpreting the grade computation.
      5. List and prioritize a set of employee characteristics and clinical skills that employers seek in new employees.
      6. Using information sheets, forms, and references presented during “Job Skills” workshops, complete the following:
        1. role play interviewing techniques
        2. identify placement resources
        3. compile/update a Delta College Placement profile (personal option)
      7. Review certification and registration requirements, including legal limitations and functions allowable in Michigan.
      8. Actively participate in problem solving and discussion about case studies observed during students’ clinical experience.
      9. Use the Delta College Dental Clinic and instructor assistance to review or practice skills requiring improvement.
      10. Participate in a Diversity discussion in relation to dental patients
      11. Using “Professional Goals Report”, prepare a final report paper about your future in dental assisting.
  
  • DA 290-299 - Special Projects in Dental Assisting


    Meets MTA Requirement: None

Dental Hygiene

  
  • DH 100 - Dental Hygiene Profession

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 1

    Provides an overview of the Dental Hygiene Profession including the history and organizational structure of the American Dental Hygiene Association, and the ethical/legal aspects of the profession. Required dental office observation required.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of being a licensed professional.   
      1. Define terms and job titles related to the dental profession.
      2. Discuss the role of a dental hygienist in dental hygiene care.
      3. List and explain the 3 types of service in planning dental hygiene care.
      4. Explain how the three main factors influence Clinical Dental Hygiene Practice.
      5. List the main goal of a dental hygienist with respect to patient care.
      6. Describe how HIPAA, informed consent, continuing education, and high standards of care relate to patient care and the clinician.
      7. Discuss Exposure Control for communicable diseases and Personal Protective Equipment as the topics relate to patient care, clinician, and legal regulations.
      8. Discuss OSHA and Hazardous Materials Communication as the topics relate to patient care, clinician, and legal regulations.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the Dental Hygiene profession’s history.
      1. Analyze the different stages of beliefs, problems, and treatments that appeared through the history of dentistry.
      2. List important historical dental profession dates.
      3. Identify the important articles and authors who began writing about prevention and dental hygiene.
      4. List the persons involved with the formation of the idea of a “dental hygienist” and their idea of what a hygienist should be.
      5. Identify the “Father of Dental Hygiene”.
      6. List the “Father/Mother of ” given throughout history.
      7. Compare the schooling that the first dental hygiene class completed to present-day dental hygiene curriculum.
      8. Explain the development of licensing through history.
      9. List the key people and explain their suggestions or actions in licensing a dental hygienist.
      10. Define the methods currently used to evaluate a candidate for licensure to practice dental hygiene.
      11. List who grants licensure.
    3. Explain the importance of being an active member of the A.D.H.A.
      1. List the persons involved in the formation of the first constituent and the national organization.
      2. Explain the purpose and goals of ADHA, including the main objective of ADHA.
      3. Define and analyze what the component, constituent, and district societies/association encompass.
      4. Summarize how the members are selected for each committee.
      5. Explain the organization of the national level including foundation, councils and committees.
      6. List examples of the officers of association; note whether they are elected or appointed.
      7. List and state the criteria for the different types of memberships in ADHA.
      8. Determine what benefits you can derive from ADHA and discuss the importance and responsibility of being an active member.
    4. Utilize ethical decision making into their choices of behavior.
      1. Define ethics and ethical reasoning.
      2. Compare three major ethical theories.
      3. Explain and apply the seven core values governing professional behavior.
      4. Describe the three parameters we consider when making a decision.
      5. Explain the current ADHA Code of Ethics.
      6. List and explain the responsibilities a Dental Hygienist is accountable for to promote her/his professionalism.
    5. Explain the professional duties or legal responsibilities of the dental health team.​  
      1. Define legal terms that regulate the dental profession.
      2. Describe the two types of torts.
      3. Explain the general duties of the doctor to the patient.
      4. Explain the general duties of the patient to the doctor.
      5. List and explain two essentials elements to prove quality and ethical dental practice.
      6. State the purpose of a hygienist carrying liability insurance.
      7. Differentiate between assignment, general, indirect and direct supervision.
      8. List and explain methods of defense against malpractice.
      9. Define terms related to professional negligence.
      10. Distinguish between criminal law, administrative and civil law.
      11. Contrast between a DA, RDA, RDH certified as an RDA, and RDH, and their respective functions according to the State of Michigan Board of Dentistry.
      12. Define the purpose of continuing education; compare voluntary and mandatory continuing education as criteria for license renewal or membership in professional associations.
      13. Define Federal and State Dental Laws
      14. Define HIPAA and what it regulates
      15. Identify parameters of the Patient Bill of Rights
      16. List and analyze protective laws for Employers and Employees.
  
  • DH 101 - Dental Anatomy I

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Examines terminology of dental anatomy, morphology of the human dentitions and occlusion.

    Prerequisite(s): None
    Corequisite(s): None
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Identify tooth surfaces, thirds, angles and basic landmarks.
      1. Identify proximal contact and proximal surface.
      2. Identify the five surfaces of anterior and of posterior teeth.
      3. Divide anterior and posterior crowns and root into thirds and name each third.
      4. Name and locate the line and point angles of a tooth.
      5. Locate basic tooth and root landmarks.
      6. Compare and contrast the Curve of Spee and Curve of Wilson
    2. Distinguish between the root and tooth tissues in function and location.
      1. Locate the various tissues of tooth and root.
      2. Compare and contrast the enamel, dentin, cementum, and pulp
      3. Describe and locate the CEJ, DEJ, and CDJ junctions.
      4. Compare and contrast the clinical and anatomical crown.
      5. Locate and describe the specific areas of the pulp cavity.
    3. Name and code all teeth.
      1. Differentiate between primary, permanent, and mixed dentition.
      2. Classify teeth as succedaneous and non-succedaneous
      3. Identify teeth by their arrangements into dentitions, arches, sextants, and quadrants.
      4. Identify each tooth by dentition, arch, quadrant, dental name and Universal code.
      5. Compare and contrast Universal, Palmer and F.D.I coding systems.
    4. Distinguish between various oral conditions and determine the etiology for the conditions.
      1. Describe oral conditions of the teeth caused by habits or incorrect home care.
      2. Describe congenital conditions related to the teeth.
      3. Compare and contrast gingival recession and edematous gingival tissue.
      4. Compare and contrast diastema and ankyloses.
      5. Define bruxism and identify symptoms.
      6. Determine what joint is effected by bruxism
    5. Apply terminology when discussing the oral cavity with other professionals.
      1. Choose the appropriate terminology when describing the shape of anatomical landmarks of the teeth.
      2. Apply the terms parallel and perpendicular related to instrumentation.
      3. Utilize the term etiology when discussing an oral condition with another dental professional.
      4. Utilize the term antagonist when discussing missing teeth with another dental professional.
      5. Identify three dental terms that have “dont” within the word.
    6. Describe the process of eruption.
      1. Determine the process that occurs during pre-eruption, eruption and post-eruption.
      2. Determine how the terms resorption, exfoliation, osteoclasts, and odontoclasts are related to the three stages of eruption.
      3. Identify the eruption dates of all primary and permanent teeth.
      4. Explain the significant dental problems associated with impacted teeth, supernumerary teeth, and congenitally missing teeth.
    7. Identify differences between primary and permanent teeth
      1. Compare and contrast the characteristics of primary teeth versus permanent teeth.
      2. Explain to a lay-person five reasons the primary teeth are important.
      3. Determine why normal physiological spacing is important in the primary dentition.
    8. Identify features associated with incisors.
      1. Relate the shape of the incisors to masticatory function.
      2. Identify significant anatomical features of all aspects of incisors
      3. Compare maxillary lateral and central incisors relative to shape, size, and location.
      4. Compare maxillary and mandibular incisor counterparts relative to size, shape, and location.
      5. Identify actual and tooth models of lateral and central incisors.
      6. State root length.
      7. State eruption and calcification dates.
    9. Identify features associated with canines.
      1. Relate the shape of the canine to its masticatory function.
      2. Recognize anatomical similarities and differences of the canine to anterior and posterior teeth.
      3. Identify significant anatomical features of the canines.
      4. Compare and contrast the maxillary canine and mandibular canine.
      5. Identify actual and tooth models of canine.
      6. State root length.
      7. State eruption and calcification dates.
    10. Identify features associated with premolars.
      1. Relate the shape of premolars to masticatory function.
      2. Identify significant anatomical features of the premolars.
      3. Compare and contrast the maxillary 1st and 2nd premolars relative to development, shape, and anatomical form.
      4. Identify, in lab models and actual, 1st and 2nd maxillary molars.
      5. Compare and contrast the three occlusal outlines on the mandibular second premolar.
      6. Compare and contrast the first mandibular premolar to the second mandibular premolar.
      7. Compare and contrast the maxillary first and mandibular first premolar occlusal surfaces.
      8. Identify, in lab models and actual, 1st and 2nd mandibular premolars.
      9. State root length.
      10. State eruption and calcification dates.
    11. Identify features associated with molars.
      1. Relate the molar shape to its masticatory function.
      2. Compare the size, shape, and lobe formation between the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd molars.
      3. Identify the names of the roots.
      4. Determine the type of root for each molar.
      5. State root length.
      6. Identify significant anatomical features of the maxillary and mandibular molars.
      7. Compare and contrast maxillary and mandibular 1st, 2nd, and 3rd molars.
      8. Identify, on lab models and actual teeth, the three maxillary and mandibular molars.
      9. State eruption and calcification dates.
    12. Identify features associated with primary molars.
      1. Describe the occlusal outline of the primary maxillary first molar.
      2. Describe the occlusal outline of the primary mandibular first molar.
      3. Compare and contrast the primary maxillary 2nd molar to the permanent first maxillary molar.
      4. Compare and contrast the primary mandibular 2nd molar to the permanent first mandibular molar.
    13. Describe occlusal relationships.
      1. Relate oral muscle forces to alignment of the teeth.
      2. Describe the interrelationship existing between eruption schedule and growth to ultimate alignment and occlusion.
      3. Compare and contrast the three classifications of occlusion and facial profiles for permanent teeth.
      4. Identify three classifications of occlusion for the primary teeth.
      5. Evaluate the cuspid and molar relationship on study models, and identify tendencies related to the classification of occlusion.
      6. Determine the occlusion of study models and compare and contrast overjet, overbite and openbite.
      7. Determine the occlusion of study models and compare and contrast crossbite, edge to edge, and end to end.
      8. When determining the occlusion of study models assess the midline deviation, and versions.
      9. Explain the three types of dysplasia.
      10. State Hereditary, Systemic, and Extrinsic factors that affect occlusion.
  
  • DH 110 - Dental Infection Control

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Presents theory and application of procedures and skills necessary to control transmissible diseases. Provides opportunities to practice Universal Precautions for the patient, professional, environment, and facilities.

    Prerequisite(s): Current validation for Dental Hygiene Program
    Corequisite(s): DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Describe the role microorganisms play in the development and spread of disease.
      1. List the steps in the development of an infectious disease
      2. Describe how each stage of an infectious disease is involved in the spread of disease to others
      3. Differentiate between direct, indirect, droplet, and airborne spread of disease agents
      4. List the four mechanisms by which we defend ourselves against pathogenic microbes
      5. Describe the routes of entry of microbes and how they relate to disease development
      6. Describe how breaking the chain of infection leads to prevention of a disease
      7. List mechanisms we can use to defend ourselves against pathogenic microbes
      8. Describe how immunity is involved in protecting against infectious diseases and how it can cause damage to the body
      9. List the various ways infectious disease may emerge and give an example of each
      10. List some infectious diseases that have appeared since 1970
      11. List the blood borne pathogens important to dentistry
      12. Compare the major types of viral hepatitis
      13. Describe the antigens and antibodies related to the different types of hepatitis
      14. Describe the relative infectivity of hepatitis and HIV after an occupational exposure
      15. List ways to prevent the spread of HIV
      16. List respiratory infectious disease that may be spread in the dental office
      17. List waterborne disease agents that may be spread through contaminated dental unit water
      18. Discuss how to prevent the spread of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) in the dental office
      19. Describe instances where the Herpes virus, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and Legionella pneumophila were transmitted in dental settings.
      20. Describe various instances where Hepatitis B was spread in a dental setting.
      21. Describe instances where Hepatitis C, HIV, and Mycobacterium abscessus were transmitted in a dental setting.
      22. Describe biofilm and how it forms inside dental water lines
      23. List the microbes that may be present in dental unit water and explain their significance
      24. Describe the procedures for monitoring the quality and reducing the microbial quantity in dental unit water
    2. Describe the need for following the CDC recommendations and OSHA standards for infection control practices
      1. Describe the goal of infection control
      2. Summarize the recommendations for infection control in dentistry from the Center for Disease Control and Prevention
      3. Summarize the bloodborne pathogens standard from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
      4. Describe the role played by governmental and professional organizations in dental infection control
      5. Describe how infection control procedures can be used to interfere with the different pathways of microbial spread in the dental office
      6. Describe steps in developing a safety culture.
      7. List examples of infection control elements that can be evaluated.
      8. List some “behind the scenes” activities that facilitate patient and dental personnel safety.
      9. List infection control benefits for patients as well as for dental personnel.
      10. Discuss the CDC’s list of recommended vaccines for preventable diseases for health care workers
      11. Describe the vaccination processes for tetanus, influenza, and hepatitis B
      12. Discuss the risks associated with missing important vaccines
      13. Describe some of the risks from sharps injuries.
      14. List some examples of when sharps injuries may occur in a dental office and describe how they can be prevented.
      15. Describe the mission statement of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and why OSHA was formed
      16. List what persons are covered by OSHA standards
      17. Discuss how OSHA standards are developed
      18. Discuss Michigan OSHA plans
      19. List the OSHA standards that apply to dentistry
      20. Outline why and how OSHA conducts workplace inspection
      21. Describe the possible outcomes of an OSHA inspection
      22. Identify ways that dental offices can proactively prepare for an OSHA inspection
      23. Describe how to limit the spread of disease agents from the hands to environmental surfaces and from dental aerosols and spatter
      24. Describe the importance of the high-volume evacuator (HVE) in infection control
      25. Describe the use of pre-procedure mouth rinses
      26. Describe the proper use of disposable items
      27. Describe proper housekeeping and cleaning considerations of a dental office
    3. Summarize effective infection control procedures for patient care, sterilization and disposal of various dental waste according to CDC recommendations and OSHA standards
      1. Describe how the hands are a means of disease spread
      2. Differentiate between resident and transient skin flora
      3. Describe the types of products available for hand hygiene and their uses
      4. Describe the procedures for hand hygiene and when hand hygiene should be performed
      5. List properties to consider when selecting hand hygiene products and other hand hygiene considerations
      6. Describe the protective value of gloves and list their uses, types, limitations, and the harmful reactions that can occur from their use.
      7. Describe the value of masks, protective eyewear, and protective clothing and list their uses, types, and limitations.
      8. Differentiate between sterilization and disinfection         
      9. Differentiate between critical, semi-critical, and non-critical patient care items, including the differences in how such items are processed.
      10. Explain the steps involved in instrument processing.
      11. Describe how to perform instrument cleaning safely
      12. Determine which packaging materials are used for which methods of sterilization
      13. Describe the physical conditions, advantages, and precautions related to steam, dry heat, and unsaturated chemical vapor sterilization.
      14. Describe how to perform the methods of sterilization monitoring and what to do when failure is detected
      15. Describe how to handle, store, and distribute sterilized instruments to maintain sterility
      16. Describe how to sterilize handpieces and heat-sensitive instruments
      17. Describe what causes sterilization failures and what to do when they are detected
      18. Differentiate between clinical contact surfaces and housekeeping surfaces.
      19. List the operatory surfaces needing barriers before patient care and describe how to place and remove surface barriers properly.
      20. Differentiate between low-intermediate and high-level disinfectants and give examples when each should be used.
      21. Describe why it is important to read disinfectant labels
      22. Describe how to preclean and disinfect contaminated surfaces and equipment
      23. Describe how to retrieve and distribute clinical supply items aseptically
      24. List general considerations for dental equipment decontamination and management of high-tech equipment in the dental office
      25. Discuss proper handling of various types of non-regulated and regulated medical waste.
      26. Identify the federal agencies that regulate dental waste.
      27. Describe the proper use of sharps containers
      28. Describe how to maintain safety culture
      29. Describe the infection control techniques used in a patient appointment, before, during and after treatment.
      30. Describe infection control procedures for laboratory asepsis
      31. List resources that provide standard operating procedures and discuss the responsibilities for the dental health care provider
    4. Apply effective standard precautions for the prevention of disease transmission in the dental setting
      1. Demonstrate proficiency in hand washing and donning of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      2. Demonstrate proficiency in disinfection procedures of the dental unit, operatory, and chairs utilizing the 4x4 two-wipe technique according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      3. Demonstrate proficiency in preparation and storage of dental instruments for sterilization utilizing a cassette, Hydrim G4 instrument washer and packaging materials according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      4. Demonstrate proficiency in sterilization of packaged instruments utilizing the Bravo steam sterilizer and summarize the maintenance according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      5. Demonstrate proficiency in sterilization of packaged instruments utilizing the Statim steam sterilizer and discuss the maintenance according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      6. Demonstrate proficiency in sterilization of packaged cassettes utilizing the Magnaclave steam sterilizer and summarize the maintenance according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      7. Demonstrate proficiency in preparation, packaging and storage of individual dental instruments prior to steam sterilization utilizing the ultrasonic equipment according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      8. Demonstrate proficiency in maintenance and preparation for sterilization of the Esamate Hand Piece according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      9. Demonstrate proficiency in biological monitoring utilizing a biological indicator vial, steam sterilizer equipment and incubator according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
  
  • DH 111 - Oral Examinations

    Credits: 1
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2


    Provides opportunity to practice skills necessary to perform dental charting and oral cancer examinations. Examines the various parts of dental appliances.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100  and DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 0 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Describe the value of an oral cancer examination for the patient or dental professional.
      1. State the reason why hygienists must perform an oral cancer exam on each patient that is treated.  
      2. Describe how to complete an oral cancer examination on a patient.
      3. Determine the importance of documenting the results of the oral cancer examination.
      4. Discuss the value of the oral cancer examination.
      5. Determine why it is important to know the normal anatomy of the oral cavity.
      6. Analyze the differences and similarities of the terms sign, symptom and pathognomonic.
    2. Explain the process of oral cancer examination to a patient or dental professional.
      1. Describe and determine when the five types of examinations may be completed.
      2. Analyze the differences and similarities of the examination methods of visual and palpation.
      3. Determine what instruments may be utilized during an oral examination and discuss why the instrument is utilized.
      4. Analyze the differences and similarities of the examination methods of percussion and electrical testing.
      5. Identify an example of utilizing auscultation during the oral examination.
      6. Analyze the differences and similarities of the terms bi-digital, bimanual and bilateral palpation techniques.
      7. Discuss why following a specific order during the oral examination is important.
      8. Discuss why it is important to teach all patients how to examine their own oral cavity for tissue changes.
      9. Determine how to teach the seven warning signs to a patient.
      10. Determine why it is important to palpate the lymph nodes of the head and neck.
    3. Discuss the topics related to a patient with a suspicious and/or cancerous lesion.
      1. Describe the items to complete for a diagnostic workup.
      2. Describe the process of determining a differential diagnosis.
      3. Document the lesions using the:  ABCDT procedure.
      4. Analyze the differences and similarities of the terms biopsy and cytological smear.
      5. Analyze the differences and similarities of the terms excisional and incisional biopsy.
      6. Determine what the lab reports of Class I - Class IV indicate related to cancer.
    4. Record tissue health within the oral cavity on a patient’s chart.
      1. Analyze the differences and similarities of the basic oral pathological conditions found in the oral cavity.
      2. Define the term clinically normal.
      3. Analyze the differences and similarities of healthy free gingiva, attached gingiva and alveolar mucosa.
      4. Describe the normal and abnormal appearance of the free gingiva, attached gingiva and alveolar mucosa.
      5. Describe normal and abnormal interdental papilla.
    5. Describe the impact to the oral cavity from orofacial dysfunctions.
      1. Determine how orofacial myology relates to the oral cavity of the dental patient.
      2. Analyze the similarities and differences of a normal swallow and a deviate swallow.
      3. Identify ten signs and symptoms of a deviate swallow.
      4. Identify and describe three causes of a deviate swallow.
      5. Determine how the causative factor changes the swallow pattern.
      6. Describe treatment for a deviate swallow.
      7. Identify how the dental hygienist will assess each patient for a deviate swallow pattern.
    6. Determine how to complete a restorative and periodontal dental chart on a patient.
      1. Identify and describe five uses for completing charting on a patient.
      2. Analyze the differences and similarities of a geometric and anatomical dental chart.
      3. Analyze the differences and similarities of a chart for a primary and permanent dentition.
      4. Identify abbreviations utilized when completing a restorative and periodontal chart.
      5. Analyze the differences and similarities of the six G.V. Black’s Caries Classifications.
      6. Using the Universal numbering system determine the corresponding number or letter for all permanent and primary teeth.
      7. Applying the knowledge of charting read the restorative and periodontal chart to a dental professional.

     

  
  • DH 112 - Medical Assessment/Emergencies

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3


    Provides the opportunity to practice assessment, identification, and dental hygiene treatment protocol of septicemic emergencies which may occur in treating the dental patient.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100 , DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade, current HCP CPR certification and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program.
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 30
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  1.    Obtain, document, assess and communicate past and present medical and dental histories of a patient with the use of the Physician’s
            Desk Reference 
    (PDR), and determine the need for treatment modifications. The student will also learn that all patient information and
            histories are confidential and legal
    documents.

         A.          Define and review the following terms: allergy, antibiotic premedication, bacteremia, drug interaction, forensic, immunocompromised,
                       informed consent, OTC, PDR, premedication, SBE

         B.          List the purpose of history taking on forms.

         C.          State the advantages and disadvantages of the two basic methods of obtaining a medical, dental and personal history.

         D.          Give examples of different questions asked to classify patient’s status.

         E.          Review and identify the potential need or chance for the following:

                      1.    antibiotics premedication

                      2.    sedative premedication

                      3.    alteration of treatment

                      4.    emergency care

         F.          Discuss the questions to be asked at recall appointments to update records.

         G.         List the four indices of the Physicians Desk Reference (PDR).

         H.         Obtain information about prescription drugs that the patient is taking by utilizing the PDR.

         I.           Recognize signs of undiagnosed disease conditions from reports by the client in the health history.

         J.          Discuss indications for seeking medical consultation regarding the client’s health status.

         K.          Explain the necessity for accurate record keeping, including:

                      1.    dates

                      2.    record in ink

                      3.    obtain patient signatures on release forms, medical history and other necessary forms.

                      4.    confidentiality.

    2.    Describe and demonstrate the general rules and body mechanics of a one and two person wheelchair transfer. Describe and provide an
           assessable 
    barrier free environment to and from the Dental Hygiene clinic for the patient who uses a cane, crutch, walking frame or
           wheelchair.
        

         A.          State the regulation on wheelchair accessibility.

         B.          List at least seven features to consider for a barrier-free environment for the disabled patient.

         C.          Explain wheelchair transfers.

         D.          Describe how to assist a patient who uses a cane, crutches, or walking frame.

         E.          Demonstrate the proper procedure for a two person transfer with 99% competency.

     3.    Describe the etiology, prevention, signs and symptoms of common cardiac disorders. The students will be able to assess when dental
            hygiene care may 
    need modifications, or is contraindicated for patients with cardiac diseases or conditions.

         A.          Discuss the following conditions and/or diseases (including types, etiology, prevention, signs and symptoms, treatments and emergency
                       treatment):

                      1.    Congenital Heart Disease

                      2.    Rheumatic Heart Disease

                      3.    Infective Endocarditis

                      4.    Hypertension, Hypertensive Heart Disease

                      5.    Cerebral vascular Accident

                      6.    Hypotension

                      7.    Ischemic Heart Disease

                      8.    Angina Pectoris

                      9.    Myocardial infarction

                      10.  Congestive Heart Failure

                      11.  Sudden Death

                      12.  Cardiac Pacemaker

                      13.  Anticoagulant Therapy

                      14.  Cardiovascular Surgery

         B.          Explain how and why dental hygiene care might be altered or contraindicated in treating patients with these problems.

         C.          Review definition of key terms regarding cardiovascular disease.

         D.         Review definition of:

                      1.    Cerebral vascular accident

                      2.    Ischemia

                      3.    Paralysis

                      4.    TIA

                      5.    State the special obligation that a dental hygienist has to her/his patients.

    4.    Assess the patient’s vital signs which include pulse, respiration, blood pressure, (using various temperature techniques) and recognize
           deviations
    from the norm.

         A.          Practice the proper procedure for determining pulse and blood pressure with a clinical partner and attempt the Blood Pressure Task
                      Analysis with a 98%, 99%, and 100% competency during the course of the semester.

         B.          Identify various temperature taking options during lab. The student will also take a temperature with at nonmercury-in-glass thermometer
                      on their clinic partner showing the thermometer and verbally reading the temperature to the instructor during lab time.

         C.          Define and review each of the following terms: anoxia, apnea, auscultation, bradycardia, diastole, diastolic pressure, hyperthermia,
                       hypothermia, kortkoff sounds, normotensive, pulse pressure, pyrexia, stethoscope, systole, systolic pressure, tachycardia.

         D.          List and describe the vital signs and include the normal valves for adults.

         E.          Describe when it is appropriate to take vital signs.

         F.           Identify the appropriate equipment utilized for taking vital signs.

         G.          State the factors that influence pulse rate.

         H.          Obtain a patient’s radial pulse.

         I.            Describe the procedure for determining pulse rate.

         J.           Describe the technique to measure a patient’s respiration.

         K.          Obtain a patients respiration rate.

         L.           List and describe the advantages and disadvantage of the three types of manometers.

         M.          Describe and demonstrate the technique to measure a patient’s blood pressure using an

                       aneroid or mercury manometer and stethoscope.

         N.           List the factors that influence blood pressure increase or decrease.

         O.           List the three methods of taking a temperature.

         P.            Describe and be familiar with the various types of thermometers in clinic.

         Q.           Be able to describe normal body temperature of children and adults and temperature variations.

         R.          Indicate factors that alter body temperature.

         S.          Obtain a patient’s oral temperature using a mercury in glass thermometer and record the temperature.

    5.    Locate the clinics medical supplies, deliver oxygen, assist in major and minor emergency care following Delta’s Dental Hygiene
           protocol.

         A.          Define and review each of the following terms: angioneurotic edema, arrhythmia, cardiac arrest, defibrillation, defibrillator, fibrillation,
                      hypoxemia, syncope, Trendelenburg position.

         B.          Describe how health history and knowledge of vital signs are related to meeting the client’s human need for safety.

         C.          Locate the clinic’s medical supplies:

                      1.    Oxygen tank

                      2.    First Aid kits

                      3.    Drugs

                      4.    Bag valve mask resuscitator and CPR mask

                      5.    Instant glucose

                      6.    Fire extinguisher

                      7.    Emergency phone

                      8.    Other

         D.         Describe the procedure for the following minor clinical emergencies:

                      1.    Calculus or pumice in eye

                      2.    Broken instrument tip

                      3.    Accidental removal of a restoration

                      4.    Instrument puncture (immediate and hematological test recommended)

         E.          List and explain why one needs padded tongue blades, ammonia inhalants, and sugar packets at your clinic station.

         F.          Describe the procedure for a major medical emergency in our dental clinic.

         G.         Describe the treatment procedure for all of the following:

                      1.    Syncope

                      2.    Shock

                      3.    Choking

                      4.    Convulsion

                      5.    Myocardial infarction

                      6.    Insulin shock

                      7.    Diabetic coma

                      8.    Hyperventilation Syndrome

                      9.    Stroke (cerebrovascular accident

                      10.  Burns

                      11.  Internal poisoning

         H.         Identify the attachments used with an oxygen tank.

         I.           Describe the common oxygen delivery devices.

         J.          Identify when it is appropriate to administer supplemental oxygen.

         K.         Describe the criteria the oxygen mask must meet to be effective.

         L.          Describe the steps required to administer supplemental oxygen.

         M.         List four precautions to take when using oxygen.

    6.    Understand the cause, types, prevention and dental implications of epilepsy, as well as be able to provide the care during a seizure.    

         A.          Define epilepsy.

         B.          Describe the etiology of seizure/convulsive disorder.

         C.          List the three basic types of seizures.

         D.          Describe the signs and symptoms of each seizure (handout).

         E.          List the drug(s) for the control of epilepsy.

         F.          Explain what may happen to a patient’s oral condition when they have seizures including if they are on a phenytoin therapy.

         G.         Define the following terms:

                      1.    Grand Mal

                      2.    Absence, Petit Mal

                      3.    Atonic

                      4.    Autonomic Symptoms

                      5.    Clonic

                      6.    Convulsion

                      7.    Myoclonic

                      8.    Tonic-Clonic

                      9.    Cytpogenic

                      10.  Paresthesia

                      11.  Ataxia

                      12.  Psychic Symptoms

                      13.  Seizure

                      14.  Spasm

                      15.  Status Epilepticus

                      16.  Tonic

                      17.  Aura

                      18.  Automatism

                      19.  Electroencephalography

                      20.  Ictal

                      21.  Prodrome

        H.         State the examples of precipitating factors.

         I.          Explain the care that is to be followed if a patient has an epileptic seizure.

    7.    Understand the oral implications of common blood disorders and state the characteristics of the diseases or conditions and any need
           for modifications 
    or contraindications of dental hygiene treatment.

         A.          Define and review each of the following terms: anaplasia, aplasia, coagulation factor, differential cell count, ecchymosis, epistaxis,
                      erythropoiesis, glossitis, glossodynia, hemarthrosis, hematocrit, hemoglobin, hemolysis, leukocytosis, leukopenia, lysis, macrocyte,
                      myelocyte, neutropenia, petechia, phagocytosis, purpura.

         B.          List the oral findings which may indicate a blood disorder.

         C.          Review and explain the normal composition of blood.

         D.          List and state the characteristics of the following blood diseases and conditions:

                      1.    Anemia: a. Iron Deficiency, b. Megaloblastic Anemia (Pernicious Anemia, Folate

                            Deficiency Anemia), c. Sickle Cell Anemia

                      2.    Polycythemia

                      3.    Leukopenia

                      4.    Leukocytosis

                      5.    Leukemia (Acute and Chronic)

                      6.    Hemorrhagic Disorders: a. Hemophiliacs, b. Miscellaneous

         E.          Explain how dental hygiene care may be altered or contraindicated with patients having blood disorders.

    8.    Understand the classifications of Diabetes Mellitus, causes of diabetes and the emergency reactions and treatment. The student will also be able to recognize the oral findings and utilize the appropriate dental hygiene care.

         A.          Explain each diabetic syndrome classification.

         B.          Describe in detail the two types of Diabetes Mellitus, including the signs and symptoms and characteristics.

         C.          Define the characteristics of each term in relationship to diabetes:

                      1.    stable

                      2.    unstable

                      3.    brittle

                      4.    juvenile

                      5.    ketosis

                      6.    adult

                      7.    ketoacidosis

                      8.    gluconeogenesis

                      9.    retinopathy

                      10.  polyphagia

                      11.  polyuria

                      12.  hyperpnea

                      13.  hyperglycemia/hypoglycemia

                      14.  ketone bodies

                      15.  ketonuria

                      16.  OGTT

                      17.  polydipsia

                      18.  pruritus

                      19.  gestational

                      20.  oral hypoglycemic agent

                      21.  insulin

                      22.  mastalgia

         D.         Describe the difference between diabetes insipidus and diabetes mellitus.

         E.         Discuss the action of insulin.

         F.          Explain the effects of Diabetes.

         G.         List the modes of control and treatment of diabetes; be specific.

         H.         Discuss how and why it is important to identify patients who might have Diabetes.

         I.           Discuss in detail the emergency reactions and treatment of reactions that may occur.

         J.          Explain the oral findings that may occur in diabetes.

         K.          Describe in detail the measures employed in the dental hygiene care of this special patient.

    9.    Recognize child abuse and neglect. Including the oral signs and symptoms, the parental attitudes and behaviors which indicated suspected child abuse and neglect. The student will be able to make a written report following protocol of the appropriate agency. The student will assume the legally defined responsibility of reporting suspected child abuse and neglect.

         A.          Define:

                      1.    Abuse

                      2.    Neglect

                      3.    Dental Neglect

         B.         Recognize the general signs and symptoms of suspected neglect or abused children.

         C.         Recognize and describe oral signs and symptoms of suspected neglect or abuse.

         D.         Describe the parental attitude of the neglected and abused child.

         E.         Describe Characteristic Behavioral Indicators of Child Abuse.

         F.          Describe what “PANDA” represents.

         G.         List the protocol to report abuse or neglect.

         H.         Describe the role of Michigan Children Protective Service.

         I.           Describe the information needed for making a written report of suspected child abuse.

    10. Describe the etiology, prevention, signs and symptoms, provide emergency treatment and identify necessary treatment modifications for common respiratory emergencies.

         A.          Describe what occurs within the body when a patient is hyperventilating.

         B.          Describe what occurs within the body when a patient is experienceing an asthma attack from occurring.

         C.          List and explain how you would try to preven hyperventilation and asthma attack from

         D.         Describe the signs, symptoms and treatment procedure for all of the folloiwng:

                      1.    hyperventilation

                      2.    asthma attack

                      3.    COPD

    11. Describe the etiology, prevention, signs and symptoms, provide emergency treatment and identify necessary treatment modifications
          for common 
    shock emergencies.

         A.          Describe what occurs within the body when a patient is experiencing syncope.

         B.          Describe what occurs within the body when a ptaient is experiencin an anaphylactic

         C.          List and explain how you would try to prevent sycope and anphylactic reactions from occuring

         D.         Describe the signs, symptoms and treatment procedure for all of the following:

                      1.    syncope

                      2.    anaphylactic reaction

         E.          Describe the first aid procedures for a person in syncope and anaphylactic shoc.

  
  • DH 114 - Oral Health

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 4

    Presents theory of the characteristics, origin, and development of fluoride, dentifrices, mouthwashes, and deposits that affect the tooth surface. Emphasizes tooth brushing, auxiliary aids, dental appliances, care of pre/post surgical and oral cancer patients.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100 , DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program.
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 115 , DH 116 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 15 Lab Hours: 45
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Differentiate the components, stages, and effects of biofilm formation on the human dentition. 
      1. State the components, types, and significance of Acquired Pellicle.
      2. Describe the stages of biofilm formation.
      3. Distinguish the types of organisms found during the various stages of biofilm formation.
      4. List the percentages for various components found in biofilm.
      5. Explain the difference between an organic and inorganic element.
      6. Identify the various locations where biofilm occurs in the oral cavity.
      7. List methods used to detect biofilm.
      8. Describe gingival changes during the stages of biofilm formation.
      9. Explain the significance of Materia Alba.
      10. Summarize the dental caries process.
      11. Explain the role of saliva, fluoride and xylitol in remineralization
      12. Describe the purpose of sealants
    2. Demonstrate the use of disclosing agents for patient education.
      1. List the purposes of using a disclosing agent.
      2. Identify the appropriate time of an appointment a disclosing agent would be most beneficial for patient education.
      3. Describe the value in reading the label or the product pamphlet on the disclosing agent prior to patient use.
      4. Identify the name, location and ingredients of the specific disclosing agent used in the clinic.
      5. List the armamentarium needed to perform a biofilm score.
      6. Defend the use of a nonpetroleum -base jelly product when using a disclosing agent.
      7. Summarize the steps of applying a liquid disclosing agent vs. a chewable disclosing tablet.
      8. Demonstrate the use of a liquid disclosing agent
    3. Compare the motivational impact of recording biofilm scores.
      1. Discuss the importance of recording a biofilm score (index, indices).
      2. Defend the O’Leary and/or Grant methods of recording a biofilm score in terms of motivational change.
    4. Analyze various oral conditions of a patient to properly select a toothbrush and toothbrush method applying motivational interviewing techniques to modify inappropriate oral care practices of a patient.
      1. Demonstrate how to select an appropriate manual or power toothbrush based on patient needs.
      2. Demonstrate effective teaching strategies to correct inappropriate brushing methods.
      3. Identify appropriate brushing methods for various oral conditions.
      4. Demonstrate how to teach a patient tongue cleaning.
      5. Identify oral conditions caused by incorrect toothbrushing.
      6. Explain how to care for, store, and replace a toothbrush/power brush to a patient.
      7. Explain the methods of motivational interviewing
      8. Describe the importance of partnering with the patient to develop a plan for change using motivational interviewing methods
    5. Explain why dentifrice is utilized in the oral cavity.
      1. Identify and define the active and inactive components in dentifrices.
      2. Identify the reasons for using dentifrices in the oral cavity
      3. Explain the mechanism of action for preventive and therapeutic agents in dentifrices.
    6. Explain the function of the FDA, ADA, CSA in relation to dentifrice.
      1. Discuss the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the purpose of the FDA related to dentifrice.
      2. Explain the American Dental Association (ADA) Seal of Acceptance program and purpose related to dentifrice.
      3. Identify the CSA (Council on Scientific Affairs) in relation to dentifrice.
    7. Demonstrat the use of auxiliary aids based on their purpose.
      1. Demonstrate appropriate auxiliary aids for embrasures.
      2. Demonstrate  appropriate auxiliary aids for furcations.
      3. Identify oral conditions for use of an oral irrigator
      4. Identify the benefits of using an oral irrigator.
      5. Demonstrate proper selection and placement of an oral irrigator tip.
    8. Categorize mouthrinses based on various agents, mechanism of action and contraindications
      1. State the purposes and uses of a mouthrinse
      2. Identify the active and inactive components in mouthrinses
      3. Explain the mechanism of action for preventive and therapeutic agents in mouthrinses
      4. State the contraindications for various mouthrinses
      5. State the steps for the procedure of rinsing
    9. Categorize over-the-counter (OTC), prescription and/or professionally applied fluoride therapy based on patient need.
      1. Differentiate the mechanism of action between systemic and topical fluoride
      2. Explain the process of demineralization and remineralization.
      3. Recognize the appearance of dental fluorosis.
      4. Summarize fluoride compounds, including benefits, effects, frequency of application, solution concentration and method of application.
      5. Summarize pre and post-operative instructions for a professional fluoride treatment. 
      6. Summarize the benefits of fluoride based on scientific evidence 
      7. Explain reasons to examine the patient’s oral cavity after a professionally applied fluoride treatment.
      8. State the signs and symptoms of an acute dose
      9. State the signs and symptoms of emergency treatment
    10. Demonstrate biofilm removal/maintenance for fixed and removable dental prostheses.
      1. Describe the types and components of fixed and removable dental prostheses.
      2. Demonstrate use of brushes/auxiliary aids for biofilm removal of fixed dental prostheses.
      3. Identify fixed/removable dental prostheses and the components on lab models.
      4. Demonstrate professional cleaning of a removable dental prostheses.
      5. Demonstrate personal cleaning of removable prostheses.
      6. Describe a hygienist’s role in educating a patient who requires complete or partial rehabilitation.
      7. Explain causes and prevention of denture-induced oral lesions.
      8. Explain the purpose of a denture adhesive. 
      9. Describe precautions when performing daily maintenance of a removable dental prostheses.
      10. Compare commercial cleaners and home products for cleaning appliances.
      11. State the main objectives for complete rehabilitation of a patient’s oral cavity.
      12. Explain the inclusion of therapeutic/preventive agents for patients with retained natural teeth
    11. Summarize the role of the Registered Dental Hygienist for patients undergoing cancer treatment.
      1. State the etiology of cancer.
      2. List the predisposing factors to oral cancer.
      3. State the percentage of oral cancer that is squamous cell in nature.
      4. List the most common sites for intraoral carcinoma.
      5. State the most common site for intraoral carcinoma on a man, a woman and identify the most commonly involved salivary gland.
      6. Explain what is meant by the five-year cure rate.
      7. List and explain the effects of radiation therapy, chemotherapy and surgery on oral cancer patients.
      8. Explain the need for proper dental and dental hygiene treatment planning for cancer patients.
      9. Summarize the oral care protocol during cancer treatment
      10. Identify from slides the oral conditions from radiation and chemotherapy.
      11. List the objectives of a dental hygiene care plan for a patient prior to cancer treatment.
    12. Summarize the role of the Registered Dental Hygienist for patients having surgery.
      1. Explain the role of the dental hygienist in the pre- and post-surgical care of the oral and maxillofacial patient.
      2. Summarize pre- and post-surgical care planning for the maxillofacial surgery patient
      3. Explain why written instructions are beneficial for surgery patients.
      4. Identify types of maxillary and mandibular fractures and discuss basic treatment options.
      5. Describe modifications for dental hygiene treatment, diet, and personal oral care procedures needed after maxillofacial surgery.
      6. Explain dental hygiene care needed before and after general surgery.
    13. Describe an implant
      1. Describe the different types of implants
      2. Differentiate between osseointegration and fibrous encapsulation
      3. State the purpose of the biological (permucosal) seal
      4. Identify the various parts of an implant.
    14. Demonstrate appropriate biofilm control techniques for various implant prostheses.
      1. Demonstrate use of auxiliary aids on various implants.
      2. List and describe basic criteria for implant success.
      3. Outline the steps for a continuing care appointment for a patient with an implant.
      4. Explain criteria for patient selection in treatment planning an implant.
    15. Summarize aftercare and complications of various oral piercings.
      1. Distinguish the types of oral piercings
      2. List the characteristics of quality oral jewelry.
      3. Educate the patient regarding complications of oral piercings.
      4. Summarize adequate aftercare for a piercing.
      5. Identify the attributes of a professional piercer.  
  
  • DH 115 - Clinical Techniques

    Credits: 5
    Instructional Contact Hours: 9

    Presents theory and application of various periodontal instruments, plaque and stain removal and instrument sharpening skills that are necessary for proper use in the dental hygiene diagnostic and therapeutic services. Emphasizes proper documentation of findings.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100 , DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program.
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 116 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 90
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. State the ergonomic positioning of operator (Neutral Seating), patient and equipment utilized during patient treatment to prevent occupational injury based on specified criteria
      1. Explain the uses of a mouth mirror to maintain neutral seated positioning for all treatment areas of the oral cavity
      2. Describe the positioning of the operator in relationship to the patient and area of the oral cavity
      3. Describe the positioning of the patient in relationship to the operator
      4. List conditions that contraindicate patient positioning in a supine position
      5. Describe the position of the overhead light and instrument tray during patient treatment for various areas of the oral cavity
      6. Explain how and when magnification loupes/ancillary lights are beneficial
      7. Discuss risk factors and prevention activities for cumulative trauma
    2. Summarize the principles of instrument design for effective scaling procedures.
      1. Identify each part of a periodontal instrument
      2. Identify each working-end of a periodontal instrument by its design name and number
      3. Discuss how the design features of instrument handles and shanks relate to the instrument’s use
      4. Describe the advantages and limitations of the various design features available for instrument handles and shanks
      5. Explain how various handle design characteristics can reduce the pinch force required to grasp the instrument
      6. Identify instruments with a simple and complex shank design
      7. Identify the face, back, lateral surfaces, cutting edges and toe or tip on each working-end
      8. Identify where and how a periodontal instrument may be utilized by evaluating its design features and classification
    3. Summarize the principles of instrumentationto assure calculus removal.
      1. Understand the relationship among correct finger position in the modified pen grasp, the prevention of musculoskeletal problems, and the control of a periodontal instrument during instrumentation
      2. Demonstrate the modified pen grasp of a mouth mirror and periodontal instrument utilizing precise finger placement on the handle of a periodontal instrument
      3. Demonstrate the palm grasp when utilizing an air/water syringe
      4. Recognize incorrect finger position in the modified pen grasp of a mirror and periodontal instrument and describe how to correct the problem
      5. Demonstrate finger rests with the mouth mirror and dominant hand in various areas of the oral cavity
      6. Explain the relationship of how a finger rest prevents injury to the patient and operator
      7. Identify the leading, middle, and heel-third of the working-end of various dental instruments
      8. Utilize the wrist-rocking, digital activation motions and roll the handle to maintain adaptation while maintaining correct grasp and neutral wrist position using various assessment/periodontal instruments in the oral cavity
      9. Explain problems associated with incorrect adaptation during periodontal instrumentation
      10. Describe vertical, oblique, and horizontal instrumentation strokes
      11. Compare and contrast assessment and calculus removal strokes
      12. Describe how to utilize assessment instruments to assess furcation and mucogingival involvement
    4. Discuss the relevent aspects to selective coronal polishing.
      1. Describe the difference between a cleaning agent and a polishing agent
      2. Explain the basis for selection of the grit of polishing paste for each individual patient
      3. Discuss the rationale for avoiding polishing procedures on cementum, dentin, restorations and areas of demineralization
      4. Discuss how to assess an intrinsic vs. extrinsic stain
    5. Discuss the importance of instrument sharpening
      1. Compare and contrast the moving stone/moving instrument sharpening techniques
      2. Compare and contrast the use and various shapes of an Arkansas and Ceramic stone
      3. Explain the proper relationship of the stone to various periodontal instruments when using the moving stone technique
      4. Explain how a plastic test stick is utilized to determine the sharpness of the entire cutting edge
      5. Value sharp instruments and the practice of sharpening at the first sign of dullness or before each use of an instrument
      6. Explain proper infection control procedures for instruments and stones when sharpening
    6. Demonstrate basic professional communication strategies when interacting with patients.
      1. Discuss the ways in which a clinician’s choice of words can facilitate or hinder communication with patients regarding dental hygiene care and periodontal instrumentation
      2. Discuss the terms informed consent, capacity for consent, written consent, and informed refusal as these terms apply to periodontal instrumentation
    7. Demonstrate the principles of comprehensive record keeping
      1. Identify key terms and concepts related to written and computerized dental records and charting
      2. Describe concepts related to ensuring confidentiality and privacy of patient information
      3. Discuss the various components of a patient’s permanent, comprehensive dental record
      4. Explain a systematic method for documenting patient visits
    8. Demonstrate professional communication skills and apply principles of professional and ethical behavior involved in all aspects of patient care.
      1. Formulate a statement when greeting a patient in the reception room
      2. Formulate a Medical History statement to a member of the health care team
      3. Formulate a statement for dismissing the patient to the office professional
    9. Demonstrate ergonomic positioning of the operator and patient for treatment of various areas of the oral cavity.
      1. Demonstrate proficiency in identifying and briefly explaining the function and location of the dental clinic, unit/operatory and chairs according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      2. Demonstrate proficiency in operator positioning in relationship to a seated/reclined patient according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      3. Demonstrate proficiency in seating and positioning of a patient in the dental chair according to specified criteria at stated competencies. 
      4. Demonstrate proficiency in positioning of the Bracket Tray/Assistant Control Arm and the dental light in relationship to the patient and operator according to specified criteria at stated competencies
      5. Demonstrate proficiency in dismissal of a patient according to specified criteria at stated competencies
    10. Demonstrate basic principles of instrumentation.
      1. Demonstrate proficiency in engraving of an item or instrument handle according to specified criteria at stated competency.
      2. Demonstrate proficiency in utilization of the mouth mirror in all areas of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies
      3. Demonstrate proficiency in utilization of the probe(s) with mouth mirror on 2 teeth per sextant of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      4. Demonstrate proficiency in utilization of the explorer(s) with mouth mirror on 2 teeth per sextant of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      5. Demonstrate proficiency in utilization of the sickle(s) with mouth mirror on 2 teeth per sextant of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      6. Demonstrate proficiency in utilization of the curet(s) with mouth mirror on 2 teeth per sextant of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
      7. Demonstrate utilization of the gracey(s) with mouth mirror on 2 teeth per sextant of the dentition according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
    11. Demonstrate basic selective coronal polishing procedures.
      1. Demonstrate proficiency in motor polishing various areas of the dentition utilizing a selected polishing agent, hand-piece and disposable attachment according to specified criteria at stated competencies.
    12. Demonstrate basic principles of instrument sharpening.
      1. Demonstrate Moving Stone technique of instrument sharpening.
    13. Demonstrate basic principles of comprehensive record keeping
      1. Demonstrate proficiency in documentation of services provided during patient care   
  
  • DH 116 - Preventive Nutrition

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides theory of foods, essential nutrients and their effects on general health as well as oral health. Emphasizes nutrition in dentistry for the dental hygienist in prevention and health promotion.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100 , DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program.
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 118  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Describe the function of food nutrients.
      1. List and briefly describe the nutrients.
      2. Differentiate the role of macronutrients vs. micronutrients
      3. State the purpose of the Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs)
      4. Discuss key recommendations of the current Dietary Guidelines for Americans.
      5. List the systemic conditions related to dietary intake.
      6. Summarize the food groups and daily recommendations.
      7. Apply interactive nutrition tools to personalize dietary guidance.
      8. Discuss the role of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).
      9. Compare nutritional content of food by reading Nutrition Fact labels.
    2. Summarize carbohydrate nutrition and associated diseases.
      1. Explain the functions of carbohydrates.
      2. Describe the chemical structure of various classifications of carbohydrates.
      3. Explain the digestion and absorption of carbohydrates.
      4. Describe the metabolism and the utilization of glucose.
      5. Explain diseases associated with carbohydrates.
      6. Explain factors that decrease/increase blood glucose.
      7. State the recommended daily intake of carbohydrates.
      8. Identify dietary sources of lactose, other sugars, and starches.
      9. Summarize the role and identify sources of fiber.
      10. Describe the role of carbohydrates in the caries process.
      11. Summarize recommendations for patients concerning carbohydrate consumption to reduce dental caries risk.
    3. Summarize lipid nutrition and associated diseases.
      1. Explain the physiological roles of lipids and how they affect oral health.
      2. Describe the chemical structure and characteristics of various classes of lipids.
      3. Summarize the digestion, metabolism and absorption of lipids.
      4. Differentiate the value of various fatty acids.
      5. Compare non-essential vs. essential fatty acids (EFA).
      6. Summarize the digestion, absorption, metabolism and storage of lipids.
      7. Differentiate between various lipoproteins.
      8. List nutritional recommendations for reducing the risk of associated systemic diseases
      9. State the acceptable plasma cholesterol level.
      10. Explain systemic diseases associated with lipids.
      11. State the acceptable daily intake for lipids
    4. Summarize protein nutrition and associated diseases.
      1. Explain the physiological roles of protein.
      2. Describe the chemical structure of protein.
      3. Summarize the digestion, metabolism and absorption of protein.
      4. Differentiate between essential and non-essential amino acids.
      5. List the essential amino acids.
      6. Differentiate between a complete protein and an incomplete protein food.
      7. Explain protein requirements (RDA).
      8. Identify high-quality food sources of protein.
      9. Discuss various forms of vegetarianism.
      10. Describe the effects of protein deficiencies and excesses on general health as well as oral health.
    5. Describe the Water Soluble vitamins as they relate to systemic and oral health.
      1. Discuss the functions of water soluble vitamins in general.
      2. Differentiate between the water soluble and the fat soluble vitamins.
      3. List the functions of Vitamin C.
      4. Explain the systemic and oral manifestations/disorders of Vitamin C deficiencies.
      5. State the RDA for Vitamin C.
      6. Identify dietary food sources of Vitamin C.
      7. Discuss conditions requiring an increase of the recommended daily allowance for vitamin C.
      8. Describe the toxic effects of Vitamin C.
      9. List factors that can depress Vitamin C levels.
      10. Identify individual functions of each B vitamin.
      11. Identify group functions of the B Complex vitamins.
      12. State the RDA for each B vitamin
      13. Identify dietary food sources for each B vitamin
      14. Describe the systemic and oral manifestations/disorders of B Complex deficiency.
    6. Explain the Fat Soluble vitamins as they relate to oral and systemic health.
      1. Explain the functions of A, D, K, and E
      2. State the RDA for each fat soluble vitamin
      3. Identify dietary food sources for each fat soluble vitamin
      4. Describe the systemic health and oral manifestations/disorders of each fat soluble vitamin deficiency and toxicity.
      5. Identify group functions of fat soluble vitamins in relation to oral health.
      6. List and explain the antioxidants.
    7. Summarize the interrelationship of the metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, protein and water as it relates to systemic and oral health.
      1. State the calories per gram of carbohydrates, lipids, and protein.
      2. Explain the factors that effect energy balance and weight control.
      3. Summarize the factors that make up the Basal Energy Expenditure.
      4. Give examples of factors that affect the Basal Metabolic Rate.
      5. State the daily requirement for water.
      6. Identify sources of water.
      7. State the functions of water.
      8. State the effects of water imbalances on the oral cavity.
      9. Identify the electrolytes.
      10. Describe the functions of an electrolyte.
      11. Explain factors requiring an increase of daily requirements of water.
    8. Describe Mineral Nutrition as it relates to systemic and oral health.
      1. List the major minerals and the trace minerals. (Know Abbreviations)
      2. Explain the function for each major mineral.
      3. State the RDA for each major mineral.
      4. Identify dietary food sources for each major mineral.
      5. Describe the systemic health and oral disorders/manifestations of each major mineral relating to the toxicity or deficiency of the mineral.
      6. Identify the group functions of minerals in relation to oral health and systemic health.
    9. Demonstrate formulating dietary recommendations  according to individual needs.
      1. Apply nutritional directions for patients who are pregnant, lactating or menopausal
      2. Explain ways to handle typical nutritional problems that occur in infants, young children, school-age children and adolescents
      3. Give examples of eating disorders.
      4. Describe oral manifestations of Bulimia Nervosa.
      5. Summarize oral health care interventions of eating disorders.
      6. Explain physiological changes altering an older individual’s nutritional status.
      7. Give examples of factors influencing food intake of older patients.
      8. Explain how a patient can obtain adequate nutrients from different cultural/religious food patterns.
      9. Explain ways to make economical food purchases.
      10. Explain how to retain nutrient value of food during storage and preparation.
    10. Evaluate a dietary analysis to include nutritional counseling with an emphasis on dental caries and periodontal disease.
      1. Explain the dental hygiene process of care as it relates to completing a dietary analysis.
      2. Identify patients who would benefit from a dietary analysis.
      3. Demonstrate how to obtain a diet diary from a client.
      4. Explain the role of diet and a dietary analysis in the prevention of dental caries.
      5. Explain the influences of diet on periodontal disease.
      6. Generate a dietary report utilizing interactive nutrition tools.
      7. Identify excesses and deficiencies of the dietary report.
      8. Create a dietary plan to address oral and systemic health concerns.
      9. Integrate EXPLORE-GUIDE-CHOOSE techniques of motivational interviewing during nutritional counseling.
      10. Explain the importance of reinforcement by follow-up dietary analysis, (food recall).
  
  • DH 118 - Head and Neck Anatomy

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 5

    Presents anatomy of the human head and neck and surrounding structures. Emphasizes basic anatomical terminology, landmarks, and a complete description of the skeletal, muscular, lymphatic, vascular, and innervation systems.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 100 , DH 101  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade and admission to the Dental Hygiene Program.
    Corequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116  
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 45
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Apply anatomical terms.
      1. Correctly define and apply anatomical terms.
      2. Compare and contrast superior (cranial), inferior (caudal), superficial, and deep.
      3. Compare and contrast proximal, distal, anterior (ventral), posterior (dorsal), lateral, and medial.
      4. Compare and contrast external, internal, ipsilateral, and contralateral.
      5. Compare and contrast: midsagittal plane/median, sagittal plane, transverse plane, horizontal, and coronal plane.
      6. Define the following terms: cross section and articulation.
      7. Define and differentiate between systematic and regional views and approaches to the study of anatomy.
    2. Describe features of the head and neck.
      1. Compare and contrast the oral regions: vermillion zone, vermillion border, philtrum, tubercle of the upper lip, and labial commissure.
      2. Compare and contrast the terms: lingual, palatal, facial, buccal, and labial.
      3. Compare and contrast the terms: labial mucosa, buccal mucosa, vestibules, labial frenum, parotid papilla, alveolar mucosa, and mucobuccal fold.
      4. Compare and contrast the gingival tissue: gingiva, marginal gingiva, attached gingiva, interdental gingiva, sulcus, and mucogingival junction.
      5. Compare and contrast the areas of the palate: hard and soft palate, uvula, median palatine raphe, incisive papilla, and palatine rugae.
      6. Define and locate the maxillary tuberosity and retro molar area.
      7. Identify and describe the areas of the tongue: base, body, apex, lingual papillae, dorsal surface, ventral surface, and deep lingual veins.
      8. Compare and contrast the papillae: filiform lingual, fungiform lingual, and circumvallate lingual.
      9. Differentiate between the sulcus terminalis, lingual sulcus, and the foramen cecum.
      10. Identify and describe the lingual tonsil.
      11. Differentiate the anatomy on the floor of the mouth: lingual frenum, sublingual fold, and sublingual caruncle.
      12. Compare and contrast the pharynx, nasopharynx, and oropharynx.
      13. Compare and contrast the anterior tonsillar pillar, posterior tonsillar pillar and palatine tonsils.
    3. Identify features of the skull.
      1. Define the skeletal system and list its primary functions.
      2. Define and identify, haversian canal, canaleculi, and lacunae using a histological section of bone, slide, or drawing.
      3. Compare and contrast an osteocyte, osteoclast and osteoblast in terms of their function and location.
      4. Define and give an example of each of the bone markings: fossa, sinus, foramen, meatus, fontanel, condyle, tuberosity, spine, tubercle, process and suture. 
      5. Identify and describe the function of the Atlas C1 and the Axis C2 vertebra.
      6. Define and identify on a skull, model, or diagram, the following sutures: coronal, sagittal, and lambdoidal.
      7. Identify, compare and contrast the bones of the skull: frontal, parietal, occipital, temporal, sphenoid and ethmoid.
      8. Identify, compare and contrast the bones of the skull: nasal, vomer, superior concha, middle concha, inferior concha, lacrimal, maxilla, zygomatic, palatine and mandible.
      9. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: mental and mandibular (foramen and canals)
      10. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: Infraorbital (foramen and canal) and Optic
      11. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: Foramen Magnum, Carotid, and Jugular
      12. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: External Auditory Meatus and Internal Auditory Meatus
      13. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: rotundum, and ovale.
      14. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: spinosum, optic fissure, supraorbital, nasopalatine, incisive, hypoglossal canal.
      15. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: superior orbital fissure and inferior orbital fissure.
      16. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: greater palatine and lesser palatine.
      17. Identify, compare and contrast the following foramen, canals, or openings: cecum, posterior superior alveolar (PSA) and transverse.
      18. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the frontal bone: supraorbital ridge, orbital plate, and glabella.
      19. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the occipital bone: basilar process, and occipital condyles.
      20. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the temporal bone: zygomatic process, glenoid fossa, styloid process, mastoid process, articular tubercle/eminence, and mastoid notch, digastric notch.
      21. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the sphenoid bone: lesser wings, greater wings, sella turcica, pterygoid fossa, hamulus, and medial and lateral pterygoid plates.
      22. Identify the nasal bones including the ethmoid, vomer, septum, and conchae.
      23. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the lacrimal bone: lacrimal groove and fossa, and nasolacrimal duct.
      24. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the ethmoid bone: perpendicular plate, cribriform plate, nasal conchae, crista galli, ethmoid cells, and orbital plate.
      25. Identify the zygomatic arch and compare and contrast the landmarks on the zygomatic arch: temporal process, maxillary process, and frontal process.
      26. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the maxilla: palatine process, alveolar process, zygomatic process, frontal process, maxillary tuberosity, canine fossa and canine eminence, infraorbital groove, orbital plate, and incisive suture.
      27. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the palatine process: horizontal plates, vertical plates, transverse suture, and median palatine suture.
      28. Identify, compare and contrast the landmarks on the mandible: mental protuberance, mandibular symphysis, body of mandible, mandibular angle, ramus, condyle, neck of condyle, pterygoid fovea, coronoid process, and coronoid notch,  external oblique line, alveolar process, buccal shelf, retromolar triangle and fossa, interdental septa, genial tubercles, digastric fossa, mylohyoid line, lingula submandibular fossa and sublingual fossa.
      29. Identify, compare and contrast the external skull regions: temporal fossa, infratemporal fossa, and pterygopalatine fossa.
      30. Define and locate the following sinuses: maxillary, ethmoid, sphenoid, frontal, and mastoid.
      31. Define and identify the following venous sinuses: sigmoid and superior sagittal.
      32. Define and identify the location of the following specialized bones of the skull/neck: auditory ossicles: malleus, incus, stapes, sutural (Wormian), and hyoid.
      33. Draw, label and describe the temporomandibular joint.
      34. Identify all the bones that form the following: hard palate, nasal cavity, and the orbit.
      35. Define superior temporal line, inferior temporal line, and foramen lacerum.
      36. Locate and identify on a model the foramen landmarks used to determine the local anesthetic injection sites.
    4. Demonstrate understanding of the muscles of the head and neck. 
      1. Compare and contrast tendons and ligament related to skeletal muscles.
      2. Compare and contrast antagonist and synergist related to skeletal muscles.
      3. Compare and contrast origin and insertion related to skeletal muscles.
      4. Define the following terms: aponeuroses, fascia, raphe, sphincter related to skeletal muscles.
      5. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the muscles of mastication: masseter, temporalis, medial and lateral pterygoids.
      6. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the muscles: sternocleidomastoid, trapezius, and platysma.
      7. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the infrahyoid muscles:  sternohyoid, sternothyroid, thyrohyoid, omohyoid superior belly and inferior belly.
      8. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and  vascularization of the suprahyoid muscles: digastric anterior and posterior belly, geniohyoid, mylohyoid, stylohyoid.
      9. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the facial muscles: orbicularis oculi, procerus, nasalis
      10. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the mouth muscles:  orbicularis oris, levator labisuperiorus, alaeque nasi, levator labi superioris, levator anguli oris, zygomaticus major and minor, buccinator, risorius, depressor anguli oris, depressor labi inferioris, mentalis, platysma.
      11. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the epicranial muscles: frontalis and occipitalis.
      12. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the intrinsic  muscles of the tongue:  superior longitudinal, inferior longitudinal, transverse and verticalis.
      13. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the extrinsic muscles of the tongue:  genioglossus, hypoglossus, styloglossus.
      14. Identify the origin, insertion, action(s), major innervation and vascularization of the soft palate muscles: tensor veli palatine, levator veli palatine, uvula, and palatoglossus.
    5. Demonstrate understanding of the arterial branches of the external and internal carotids.
      1. Identify the external carotid artery and each of its branches on a model or diagram.
      2. Compare and contrast the location and the structures supplied by the superior thyroid artery, ascending pharyngeal artery, and lingual artery.
      3. Compare and contrast the location and the structures supplied by the occipital artery, posterior auricular artery, and superficial temporal artery.
      4. Compare and contrast the location and the structures supplied by the facial (external maxillary) artery and the maxillary (internal maxillary) artery.
      5. Identify on a model or diagram the branches of the Facial Artery.
      6. Compare and contrast the location and the structures supplied by the submental, submandibular and sublingual artery.
      7. Compare and contrast the location and the structures supplied by the inferior labial, superior labial, lateral nasal and angular artery.
      8. Identify on a model the branches of the facial artery.
    6. Identify all the veins that drain blood from the head and neck region, both internally and externally, to the heart.
      1. Identify and locate on a diagram the pathways of the internal jugular vein and facial vein as well as the location of the cavernous sinus.
      2. Identify on a diagram or model the external veins that drain a small part of the extracranial tissues.
      3. Compare, contrast, and locate the following major veins: Pterygoid Plexus, Retromandibular, External Jugular, Facial, Ophthalmic, Cavernous Sinus, and Internal Jugular.
      4. Compare, contrast, and locate the following drainage veins: Pterygoid Plexus, Middle meningeal, Superficial Temporal, Posterior Auricular, Supraorbital, Ophthalmic, Retromandibular, Posterior Superior Alveolar, Inferior Alveolar, and Maxillary.
      5. Compare, contrast, and locate the following regions of the head and neck that are drained of blood as the blood is directed back toward the heart: Meninges of the brain, lateral scalp area, Frontal region, Orbital region, Superficial Temporal, Maxillary Veins, upper and lower lip areas, maxillary and mandibular teeth, submental region, Deep Facial areas, Posterior Superior Alveolar, Inferior Alveolar, and Pterygoid Plexus.
      6. Discuss blood drainage communication as it relates to the Pterygoid Plexus and Cavernous Sinus.
      7. Given a case scenario, the student will explain why the Cavernous Sinus can be a source of dental infection and possible death.
    7. Demonstrate understanding of the major groups of lymph nodes of the head and neck.
      1. Design a chart to demonstrate head and neck lymph drainage.
      2. Locate, compare and contrast the superficial nodes of the lymphatic system: occipital, retro auricular, anterior auricular, superficial parotid, facial, submental, submandibular, external jugular, and anterior jugular.
      3. Locate, compare and contrast the deep nodes of the lymphatic system: superior deep cervical, inferior deep cervical, retropharyngeal, and deep parotid.
      4. Given a case study of a patient with enlarged lymph nodes the student will determine the anatomical source of the problem.
    8. Demonstrate understanding of the cranial nerves with emphasis on the relationship to dentistry.
      1. List by name and Roman numeral each of the 12 pairs of cranial nerves.
      2. Indicate whether the cranial nerves are an afferent, efferent, or mixed nerve.
      3. Identify the exit site for each of the cranial nerves from the skull.
      4. Compare and contrast nerve block and local infiltration of the Trigeminal nerve.
      5. Given an area in a patient’s oral cavity that needs local anesthesia, identify the specific injection site(s) for maxillary and mandibular teeth and surrounding tissue.
  
  • DH 120 - Periodontics I

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides the opportunity to study the biology of the periodontium, etiology, epidemiology, pathology, and treatment of periodontal diseases.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116 , DH 118  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade.
    Corequisite(s): DH 121 , DH 122 , DH 123 , DH 123L , DH 124A  , DH 125 , LW 206A  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives  

    1. Demonstrate understanding of the periodontium.
      1. Review and explain, sequentially, the embryologic and histologic development of the periodontium.
      2. Explain the functions of the periodontium:
        1.  Attached and Unattached gingiva
        2. Crevicular fluid and junctional epithelium
        3. periodontal ligament and Cementum
        4. alveolar bone
      3. Discuss details of the basic concepts of immunity and inflammation.
      4. Explain the significance of host immune response.
      5. Identify periodontal risk factors that are acquired, environmental and genetic.
      6. Describe the effect of periodontal risk factors on the onset, progression and severity of periodontal diseases.
    2. Utilizing assessment data identify the health of the periodontium.
      1. Describe the characteristics of the periodontium in health and in disease:
        1. Color, contour and consistency of the gingiva
        2. Bone destruction, including horizontal and vertical bone loss and bony defects
        3. The difference between pseudopockets and periodontal pockets
        4.  The significance of the presence of bleeding or suppuration
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of clinical periodontal assessments:
        1.  PSR
        2. probing depth
        3. bleeding and suppuration
        4. level of the gingival margin
        5. level of the mucogingival junction
        6. clinical attachment level
        7. mobility
        8. furcation involvement
        9. presence of calculus deposits and biofilm
        10. gingival inflammation
        11. bone loss
        12. local factors
      3. Compare and contrast the periodontium in health and in inflammation.
    3. Demonstrate the classification of periodontal disease utilizing the classification system as established by the American Academy of Periodontology.
      1. Differentiate between various periodontal diseases, including biofilm induced and non-biofilm induced.
      2. Explain chronic, acute, aggressive periodontal disease.
      3. Identify oral manifestations of systemic disease.
      4. Categorize periodontal diseases using the classification system as established by the American Academy of Periodontology.
    4. Interpret the recorded information of a comprehensive periodontal examination.
      1. Define theories of disease progression.
      2. Explain the incidence, prevalence and etiology of periodontal diseases.
      3. List the steps for arriving at a periodontal diagnosis.
      4. Explain the sequence of periodontal treatment.
      5. Evaluate potential periodontal interrelationships to include:
        1. Stroke
        2. coronary heart disease
        3. respiratory disease
        4. diabetes
        5. malnutrition
        6. habits, such as tobacco use
        7. Other conditions associated with progression of periodontal disease
      6. Relate the assessment data to the role of systemic diseases and local factors in susceptibility of periodontal diseases.
    5. Explain the patient’s role in therapy.
      1. Describe the stages of development bacterial colonization.
      2. Compare and contrast the composition of human supragingival and subgingival biofilm.
      3. Relate the patient’s role in minimizing biofilm to disease prevention and control.
      4. Explain the importance of patient education in obtaining compliance.
  
  • DH 121 - Dental Hygiene Seminar I

    Credits: 2
    Instructional Contact Hours: 2

    Introduces fundamentals of treatment planning, recall systems, documentation, patient management, and communication with diverse patient populations.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116 , and DH 118  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade.
    Corequisite(s): DH 120 , DH 122 , DH 123 , DH 123L , DH 124A  , DH 125  and LW 206A  
    Lecture Hours: 30 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Utilize Delta College’s Dental Hygiene patient care forms in a patient binder notebook.
      1. Construct a patient binder notebook with patient care forms in the proper order
      2. Document patient care forms with detail and accuracy              
    2. Prepare an evidence-based dental hygiene care plan for their patients.        
      1. Define a dental diagnosis, dental hygiene diagnosis, and dental hygiene prognosis.
      2. Explain what assessment data is collected and analyzed to formulate a dental hygiene diagnosis statement.
      3. Discuss the rationale, objectives, and parts of a well-prepared dental hygiene care plan
      4. Discuss the components of the written Master Treatment plan.
      5. Describe in detail the factors affecting the sequence of a dental hygiene care plan.
      6. Define informed consent and informed refusal
      7. Explain adequate documentation of informed consent
    3. Explain the need for evaluating dental hygiene treatment and oral health education
      1. Explain key terms and concepts related to evaluation of dental hygiene interventions
      2. Discuss standards for dental hygiene practice
      3. Identify skills related to self-assessment and reflective dental hygiene practice
    4. Explain the importance in constructing a continuing care plan for individual patients.
      1. Describe the goals of a continuing care program in dental hygiene practice
      2. Determine appointment intervals based on an individual patient’s risk factors, compliance and oral health history
      3. Name and discuss the contributing factors in recurrence of periodontal disease
      4. List steps in a continuing care appointment including assessment, care plan, and therapy
      5. Outline methods for continuing care systems in the dental office or clinic
    5. Demonstrate skills and attributes of effective health communication to treat a diverse population
      1. Discuss the skills and attributes of effective health communication
      2. Explain how the patient’s age, culture, subculture, race, ethnicity, and health literacy level affect health communication strategies
      3. Identify barriers to effective communication
      4. Identify communication theories relevant to effective health communication and motivational interviewing
    6. Formulate a dental hygiene care plan, including the management of a pediatric patient.
      1. Describe the specialty of pediatric dentistry
      2. Discuss the use of a caries risk assessment tool to identify an individual patient’s risk and preventive factors
      3. Identify age-appropriate anticipatory guidance/counseling factors to educate parents/caregivers of toddlers, school-aged children, and adolescents
      4. Identify preventive and therapeutic oral healthcare interventions based on age and caries risk assessment
      5. Discuss oral health home care needs, adjunct aids, and continuing care recommendations for children.
  
  • DH 122 - Oral Histology and Embryology

    Credits: 3
    Instructional Contact Hours: 3

    Provides theory of the embryological development of the oral cavity and identification and classifications of normal and abnormal conditions of the oral cavity and supporting structures. Includes microscopic study of the histology of the human dentition and the surrounding supporting structures.

    Prerequisite(s): DH 110 , DH 111 , DH 112 , DH 114 , DH 115 , DH 116  , DH 118  each with a C (2.0) minimum grade.
    Corequisite(s): DH 120 , DH 121 , DH 123 , DH 123L , DH 124A  , DH 125 , LW 206A  
    Lecture Hours: 45 Lab Hours: 0
    Meets MTA Requirement: None
    Pass/NoCredit: No

    Outcomes and Objectives
    1. Demonstrate understanding of the salivary glands.
      1. Compare an exocrine gland and an endocrine gland. 
      2. Compare and contrast the location, type of secretion, amount of secretion, and duct location of the three major saliva glands.
      3. Identify the location of the minor salivary glands including VonEbners, the amount and type of saliva produced.
      4. Compare and contrast the etiology and description of a mucocele and ranula.
      5. Describe the histological components of a salivary gland.
      6. Determine the flow of saliva from the salivary gland to the oral cavity.
      7. Identify the major components of saliva and the effect the components have on the oral cavity and caries rate.
      8. Describe the major functions of saliva.
      9. Describe how to assess the flow of saliva for a patient.
      10. Describe why the salivary flow test is necessary and explain the procedure to a patient.
      11. Utilizing the medical history and clinical observations analyze if a salivary flow test is necessary for the patient.
    2. Describe the histological characteristics and functions of the lymph tissue.
      1. Determine the functions of the lymph system within the body.
      2. Describe the parts of a lymph node.
      3. Describe the flow of the lymph fluid within the body.
      4. Compare and contrast the drainage of lymph fluid into the various nodes from the structures of the head and neck.
      5. Compare the location of the palatine tonsils, pharyngeal tonsil and lingual tonsils.
    3. Describe the caries process, Caries Risk Assessment and Caries Management
      1. Summarize the process of cavitation, demineralization and remineralization.
      2. Describe the use of CAMBRA to assess dental caries risk
      3. Assess the caries risk and determine caries prevention strategies.
    4. Describe how to manage oral malodor for the dental patient.
      1. Determine assessments utilized to identify the etiology of oral malodor.
      2. Categorize various etiologies of oral malodor.
      3. Explain to a patient the relationship between oral malodor and periodontal disease.
      4. Determine methods to discuss oral malodor with patients.
      5. Create a treatment plan to manage oral malodor.
    5. Demonstrate understanding of cells.
      1. Describe the structure and contents of an individual cell.
      2. Identify and describe the four basic types of tissues.
    6. Distinguish between the two basic types of oral tissue and three types of mucosa in the oral cavity.
      1. Identify the location of non-keratinized and keratinized tissue within the oral cavity.
      2. Identify the location and describe the three types of mucosa in that oral cavity.
    7. Identify terms related to embryology and histology
      1. Define the following terms: histology, embryology, prenatal development.
      2. Compare and contrast cell, cell membrane, tissue, organ, and organ systems.
      3. Utilize histological terminology to describe the development of the embryo.
    8. Determine the development of the embryo during weeks one through four.  
      1. Illustrate and describe the development during week one pre-implantation.
      2. Identify the tissues of the blastocyst at the end of week one and what each tissue will become.
      3. Describe the changes of the embryo that occur between week one and two.
      4. Identify the tissues during week two and determine what those tissues will become.
      5. Describe how the bilaminar disc develops into a trilaminar disc during week three. 
      6. Identify and describe the notochord
      7. Summarize the development of the neural tube. 
      8. Determine where the neural crest cells originate.
      9. Describe why the neural crests cells are critical to the development of the head and neck.
      10. Identify the time period for the development of the spinal cord.
      11. Describe the somites and determine what the somites develop.
      12. Define and give examples of teratogens.
      13. Discuss five teratogens and the defects the teratogens may cause.
      14. Determine if all birth defects are caused by teratogens.
      15. Determine how Down syndrome occurs.
      16. Identify characteristics of Down syndrome.
      17. Describe how Down syndrome may affect the physical characteristics of the oral cavity.
      18. Describe how and when an ectopic pregnancy occurs.
      19. Summarize why week four of pregnancy is a critical time period in development.
    9. Describe the embryonic development of the upper, mid and lower face.
      1. Describe the stomodeum, development of the stomodeum and timeframe.
      2. Identify the location of the oropharyngeal membrane and the significance of the tissue involved.
      3. Describe what occurs during week four to the oropharyngeal membrane.
      4. Describe how and when the mandibular and maxillary arches develop.
      5. Discuss what parts of face the frontonasal develops.
      6. Summarize the movement of the medial nasal processes, lateral nasal processes, eyes and ears during development.
      7. Describe the formation of the upper lip including timeframe of development.
      8. Compare and contrast the degrees of severity related to a cleft lip.
    10. Describe the embryonic development of the palate.
      1. Summarize the three stages of the development of the palate.
      2. Identify the timeframe for the development of the palate.
      3. Identify the teeth located in the primary palate and the palatal shelves.
      4. Draw and label the hard and soft palate.
      5. Compare and contrast the degrees of severity related to cleft palate.
    11. Describe the embryonic development of the tongue.
      1. Identify the timeframe for tongue development.
      2. Determine the branchial arches that are involved in the formation of the tongue.
      3. Summarize the formation of the tongue.
      4. Describe three landmarks of the tongue and indicate why the landmark is present.
      5. Draw the tongue identifying the body of the tongue, base of the tongue, and the four different papilla located on the tongue.
    12. Describe each stage of tooth development.
      1. Describe the initiation stage, the dental lamina and its age of appearance embryologically.
      2. Define terms related to tooth development.
      3. Identify and describe two developmental problems that may occur during initiation.
      4. Determine how the two abnormalities will affect the patient’s treatment plan.
      5. Describe the bud stage and determine what occurs during this stage.
      6. Identify the time frame for the bud stage.
      7. Draw and label a picture of the bud stage
      8. Identify two abnormalities that may develop during the bud stage.
      9. Determine how the two abnormalities may affect the patient’s treatment plan.
      10. Identify the time frame for development during the cap stage.
      11. Identify what occurs during the cap stage.
      12.  Draw and label a picture of the cap stage.
      13. Identify the three parts of the tooth germ.
      14. Indicate what each part of the tooth germ will develop.
      15. Identify three abnormalities that may develop during the cap stage.
      16. Determine how the three abnormalities will affect the patient’s treatment plan.
      17. Describe the timeframe that the bell stage occurs.
      18. Describe what occurs during the bell stage.
      19. Draw a picture of the bell stage and label all the different types of cells.
      20. Determine what each type of cell is responsible to create during the bell stage.
      21. Describe the apposition stage.
      22. Determine what is occurring during the apposition stage.
      23. Describe the maturation stage.
      24. Determine what is occurring during the maturation stage.
    13. Explain the development of the root.
      1. Relate the cervical loop to crown development and root development.     
      2. Relate the role of Hertwig’s epithelial root sheath (HERS) to root formation of single, bifurcated and trifurcated roots.
      3. Describe the relation of HERS to root dentin formation.
      4. Describe the epithelial rests of malassaz related to root development.
    14.  Explain the stages of tooth eruption.
      1. Identify the eruption dates of primary and permanent teeth.
      2. Compare the position of the permanent teeth in relation to their primary predecessors.
      3. Compare and contrast active and passive eruption.
      4. Summarize the bell stage related to the reduced enamel epithelium (REE).
      5. Describe the process of root resorption and subsequent exfoliation of a primary tooth.
      6. Describe the eruption of a permanent tooth. 
      7. Describe deviations that may occur in relation to eruption patterns. 
    15. Explain the morphological and histological structures of dentin.
      1. Describe the embryological process involved in producing dentin.
      2. Describe the chemical composition of dentin.
      3. Compare and contrast primary, secondary, reparative/reactive, and sclerotic, dentin.
      4. Compare and contrast the various types of dentin: peritubular, intertubular, mantle, circumpulpal, interglobular, and Tomes granular layer.
      5. Determine the etiology of the following: Imbrication Lines of Von Ebner, Contour Lines of Owen, and neonatal line.
      6. Describe dead tract and korff’s fibers found within the dentin.
      7. Discuss the effects on dentin due to taking tetracyline during tooth development.
      8. Describe dentinal sensitivity related to the contents of dentinal tubule and stimulation.
      9. Create a treatment plan to address a patient’s complaint related to dental sensitivity.
      10. Compare the width of the dentinal tubule at the DEJ and near the pulp.
    16. Explain the morphological and histological structures of pulp.
      1. Describe the embryonic origin of the pulp.
      2. Explain the functions of the pulp
      3. Describe the components of the pulp and subsequent age changes of the pulp.
      4. Label and describe the pulp horns, apical foramen, coronal and radicular pulp.
      5. Determine how accessory canals are developed.
      6. Identify where accessory canals are located.
      7. Describe innervation and vascularization of the pulp.
      8. Describe the cells, fibrous matrix, ground substance within the pulp.
      9. Compare and contrast true and false denticles
      10. Discuss the various diseases of the pulp tissue.
      11. Communicate to your patient how an abscessed tooth can be life threatening.      
    17. Describe the various characteristics of enamel including the histological characteristics.
      1. Determine the chemical formula of enamel.
      2. Identify the name of the crystal found in enamel.
      3. Identify the percent of inorganic and organic matter within enamel.
      4. Determine why the DEJ is scalloped.
      5. Compare and contrast the ameloblast to an odontoblast.
      6. Compare and contrast the preameloblast and ameloblast.
      7. Discuss the theory of Enamel Prisms, Prism Sheaths and the orientation of the enamel prisms.
      8. Identify where gnarled enamel is located.
      9. Compare and contrast gnarled enamel and enamel.
      10. Compare and contrast the incremental lines of retzius and neonatal lines.
      11. Determine how perikymata are developed.
      12. Compare and contrast enamel spindles, tufts, and lamellae
    18. Describe the various histological characteristics of cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone.
      1. Discuss the development of cementum
      2. Compare and contrast cementum and cementoid
      3. Compare and contrast acellular cementum and cellular cementum
      4. Describe how cementocytes, lacunae, and canaliculi are related.
      5. Describe the role and location of cementoblasts
      6. Compare and contrasts reversal and arrest lines
      7. Compare and contrast free and attached cementicles
      8. Describe the role of Sharpey’s Fibers
      9. Describe the development of alveolar bone.
      10. Differentiate between the different types and location of bone.
      11. Describe the osteocytes within the bone.
      12. Describe osteoid and bone.
      13. Compare and contrast the osteoblasts and osteoclasts
      14. Compare and contrast the components of cementum and alveolar bone.
      15. Compare and contrast the chemical composition and percent of inorganic and organic material in bone and cementum.
      16. Describe the collagen fibers embedded in cementum and in alveolar bone.
      17. Compare and contrast the components of cementum and alveolar bone.
      18. Identify the name and purpose of the various periodontal fibers.
 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11Forward 10 -> 16